Fix GDB crash in dprintf.exp
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "probe.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
64 #include "stack.h"
65 #include "skip.h"
66 #include "ax-gdb.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "interps.h"
69 #include "format.h"
70 #include "location.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
73
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
77
78 /* readline defines this. */
79 #undef savestring
80
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
83
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
86 {
87 EX_EVENT_THROW,
88 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void
115 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
116 struct linespec_result *canonical,
117 enum bptype type_wanted);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
123 int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
126
127 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
128 const struct event_location *location,
129 struct program_space *search_pspace,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals);
131
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141
142 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 enum bptype,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
145 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
146 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 static. */
150 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 struct symtab_and_line,
152 enum bptype,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154
155 static struct breakpoint *
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 enum bptype type,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
159 int loc_enabled);
160
161 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
162
163 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
164 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
165 enum bptype bptype);
166
167 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
168 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
169 struct obj_section *, int);
170
171 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
172 struct bp_location *loc2);
173
174 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
175 struct address_space *aspace,
176 CORE_ADDR addr);
177
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
179 struct address_space *,
180 CORE_ADDR, int);
181
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196
197 typedef enum
198 {
199 mark_inserted,
200 mark_uninserted
201 }
202 insertion_state_t;
203
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206
207 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 enum bptype type,
219 int *other_type_used);
220
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
226 int count);
227
228 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
235
236 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
238 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
239
240 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
241
242 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
243 insert locations now. */
244 enum ugll_insert_mode
245 {
246 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
247 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
248 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
249 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
250 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
251 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
252 returns true on them.
253
254 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
255 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
256 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
257 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
258 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
259 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
260 the inferior. */
261 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
262
263 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
264 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
266
267 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
268 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
269 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
270 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
271 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
272 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
273 as no thread is running yet. */
274 UGLL_INSERT
275 };
276
277 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
278
279 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
280
281 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
282
283 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
284
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
286
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
290
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
292
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
294
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
296
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
298
299 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
300
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
302 otherwise. */
303
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
305
306 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
307 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
308 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
310
311 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
313
314 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
315 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
316
317 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
319
320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
321 breakpoints. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
323
324 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
325 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
326
327 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
328 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
329
330 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
331 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
332 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
333 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
334 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
335 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
336
337 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
338 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
339 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
340 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
341 dprintf_style_gdb,
342 dprintf_style_call,
343 dprintf_style_agent,
344 NULL
345 };
346 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
347
348 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
350 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
351 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
352
353 static char *dprintf_function = "";
354
355 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
356 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
357 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
358 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
359 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
360 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
361 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
362
363 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
364
365 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
366 has disconnected. */
367 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
368
369 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
370 breakpoints share a single command list. */
371 struct counted_command_line
372 {
373 /* The reference count. */
374 int refc;
375
376 /* The command list. */
377 struct command_line *commands;
378 };
379
380 struct command_line *
381 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
382 {
383 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
384 }
385
386 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
387 current breakpoint. */
388
389 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
390
391 const char *
392 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
393 {
394 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
395 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
396 a breakpoint. */
397 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
398
399 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
400 }
401
402 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
403 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
404 if such is available. */
405 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
406
407 static void
408 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
409 struct cmd_list_element *c,
410 const char *value)
411 {
412 fprintf_filtered (file,
413 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
414 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
415 value);
416 }
417
418 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
420 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
421 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
422 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
423 static void
424 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
425 struct cmd_list_element *c,
426 const char *value)
427 {
428 fprintf_filtered (file,
429 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
430 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
431 value);
432 }
433
434 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
435 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
436 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
437 use hardware breakpoints. */
438 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
439 static void
440 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
441 struct cmd_list_element *c,
442 const char *value)
443 {
444 fprintf_filtered (file,
445 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
446 value);
447 }
448
449 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
450 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
451 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
452 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
453 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
454 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
455 processing user input. */
456 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
457
458 static void
459 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
460 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
461 {
462 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
463 value);
464 }
465
466 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467
468 int
469 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
470 {
471 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
472 {
473 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
474 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
475 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 return 1;
477 }
478 else if (target_has_execution)
479 {
480 struct thread_info *tp;
481
482 if (always_inserted_mode)
483 {
484 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
485 are stopped. */
486 return 1;
487 }
488
489 if (threads_are_executing ())
490 return 1;
491
492 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
493 stopped, we still have events to process. */
494 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
495 if (tp->resumed
496 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
497 return 1;
498 }
499 return 0;
500 }
501
502 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
503
504 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
508 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
509 condition_evaluation_auto,
510 condition_evaluation_host,
511 condition_evaluation_target,
512 NULL
513 };
514
515 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
516 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
517
518 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
519 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
521
522 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
523 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
524 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
525 evaluation mode. */
526
527 static const char *
528 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
529 {
530 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
531 {
532 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
533 return condition_evaluation_target;
534 else
535 return condition_evaluation_host;
536 }
537 else
538 return mode;
539 }
540
541 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
542
543 static const char *
544 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
545 {
546 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
547 }
548
549 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
550 otherwise. */
551
552 static int
553 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
554 {
555 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
556
557 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
558 }
559
560 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
561
562 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
563 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
564
565 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
566 static int overlay_events_enabled;
567
568 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
569 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
570
571 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
573 current breakpoint. */
574
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
576
577 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
578 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
579 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
580 B = TMP)
581
582 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
583 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
584 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
585
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
587 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
588 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
589 BP_TMP++)
590
591 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
592 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
593 to where the loop should start from.
594 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
595 appropriate location to start with. */
596
597 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
598 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
599 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
600 BP_LOCP_START \
601 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
602 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
603 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
604
605 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
606
607 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
608 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
609 if (is_tracepoint (B))
610
611 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
612
613 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
614
615 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
616
617 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
618
619 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
620
621 static unsigned bp_location_count;
622
623 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
624 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
625 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
626 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
627 an address you need to read. */
628
629 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
630
631 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
632 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
633 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
634 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
635 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
636
637 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
638
639 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
640 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
641 by a target. */
642 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
643
644 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
645
646 static int breakpoint_count;
647
648 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
649 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
650 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
651 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
652 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
653
654 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
655
656 static int tracepoint_count;
657
658 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
659 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
660 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
661
662 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
663
664 struct breakpoint *
665 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
666 void *user_data)
667 {
668 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
669
670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
671 {
672 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
673 break;
674 }
675
676 return b;
677 }
678
679 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
680 static int
681 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
682 {
683 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
684 }
685
686 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
687
688 static void
689 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
690 {
691 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
692 breakpoint_count = num;
693 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
694 }
695
696 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
697 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
698 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
699
700 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
701 breakpoint made. */
702
703 void
704 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
705 {
706 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
707 }
708
709 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
710 breakpoint made. */
711
712 void
713 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
714 {
715 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
716 }
717
718 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
719
720 void
721 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
722 {
723 struct breakpoint *b;
724
725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
726 b->hit_count = 0;
727 }
728
729 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
730 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
731
732 static struct counted_command_line *
733 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
734 {
735 struct counted_command_line *result = XNEW (struct counted_command_line);
736
737 result->refc = 1;
738 result->commands = commands;
739
740 return result;
741 }
742
743 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
744
745 static void
746 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
747 {
748 if (cmd)
749 ++cmd->refc;
750 }
751
752 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
753 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
754 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
755
756 static void
757 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
758 {
759 if (*cmdp)
760 {
761 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
762 {
763 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
764 xfree (*cmdp);
765 }
766 *cmdp = NULL;
767 }
768 }
769
770 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
771
772 static void
773 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
774 {
775 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line **) arg);
776 }
777
778 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
779 argument. */
780
781 static struct cleanup *
782 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
783 {
784 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
785 }
786
787 \f
788 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
789 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
790
791 struct breakpoint *
792 get_breakpoint (int num)
793 {
794 struct breakpoint *b;
795
796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
797 if (b->number == num)
798 return b;
799
800 return NULL;
801 }
802
803 \f
804
805 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
806 evaluating conditions on its side. */
807
808 static void
809 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
810 {
811 struct bp_location *loc;
812
813 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
814 evaluating conditions and if the user has
815 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
816 side. */
817 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
818 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
819 return;
820
821 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
822 return;
823
824 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
825 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
826 }
827
828 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
829 evaluating conditions on its side. */
830
831 static void
832 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
833 {
834 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
835 evaluating conditions and if the user has
836 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
837 side. */
838 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
839 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
840
841 return;
842
843 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
844 return;
845
846 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
847 }
848
849 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
850 condition_evaluation_mode. */
851
852 static void
853 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c)
855 {
856 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
857
858 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
859 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
860 {
861 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
862 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
863 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
864 return;
865 }
866
867 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
868 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
869
870 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
871 settings was "auto". */
872 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
873
874 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
875 if (new_mode != old_mode)
876 {
877 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
878 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
879 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
880
881 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
882 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
883 */
884
885 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
886 {
887 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
888 target. */
889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
890 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
891 }
892 else
893 {
894 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
895 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
896 target knows about. */
897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
898 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
899 loc->needs_update = 1;
900 }
901
902 /* Do the update. */
903 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
904 }
905
906 return;
907 }
908
909 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
910 what "auto" is translating to. */
911
912 static void
913 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
914 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
915 {
916 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
917 fprintf_filtered (file,
918 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
919 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
920 value,
921 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
922 else
923 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
924 value);
925 }
926
927 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
928 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
929 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
930
931 static int
932 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
933 {
934 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
935 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
936
937 if (a->address == b->address)
938 return 0;
939 else
940 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
941 }
942
943 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
944 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
945 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
946 return NULL. */
947
948 static struct bp_location **
949 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
950 {
951 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
952 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
953 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
954
955 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
956 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
957 dummy_loc.address = address;
958
959 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
960 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
961 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
962 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
963 bp_location_compare_addrs));
964
965 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
966 if (locp_found == NULL)
967 return NULL;
968
969 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
970 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
971 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
972 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
973 locp_found--;
974
975 return locp_found;
976 }
977
978 void
979 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
980 int from_tty)
981 {
982 xfree (b->cond_string);
983 b->cond_string = NULL;
984
985 if (is_watchpoint (b))
986 {
987 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
988
989 xfree (w->cond_exp);
990 w->cond_exp = NULL;
991 }
992 else
993 {
994 struct bp_location *loc;
995
996 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
997 {
998 xfree (loc->cond);
999 loc->cond = NULL;
1000
1001 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1002 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1003 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1004 }
1005 }
1006
1007 if (*exp == 0)
1008 {
1009 if (from_tty)
1010 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
1011 }
1012 else
1013 {
1014 const char *arg = exp;
1015
1016 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1017 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1018 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1019 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1020
1021 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1022 {
1023 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1024
1025 innermost_block = NULL;
1026 arg = exp;
1027 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1028 if (*arg)
1029 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1030 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1031 }
1032 else
1033 {
1034 struct bp_location *loc;
1035
1036 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1037 {
1038 arg = exp;
1039 loc->cond =
1040 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1041 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1042 if (*arg)
1043 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1044 }
1045 }
1046 }
1047 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1048
1049 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1050 }
1051
1052 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1053
1054 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1055 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1056 const char *text, const char *word)
1057 {
1058 const char *space;
1059
1060 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1061 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1062 if (*space == '\0')
1063 {
1064 int len;
1065 struct breakpoint *b;
1066 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1067
1068 if (text[0] == '$')
1069 {
1070 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1071 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1072 return NULL;
1073 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1074 }
1075
1076 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1077 len = strlen (text);
1078
1079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1080 {
1081 char number[50];
1082
1083 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1084
1085 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1086 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1087 }
1088
1089 return result;
1090 }
1091
1092 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1093 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1094 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1095 }
1096
1097 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1098
1099 static void
1100 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1101 {
1102 struct breakpoint *b;
1103 char *p;
1104 int bnum;
1105
1106 if (arg == 0)
1107 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1108
1109 p = arg;
1110 bnum = get_number (&p);
1111 if (bnum == 0)
1112 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1113
1114 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1115 if (b->number == bnum)
1116 {
1117 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1118 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1119 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1120 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1121 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1122
1123 if (extlang != NULL)
1124 {
1125 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1126 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1127 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1128 }
1129 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1130
1131 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1132 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1133
1134 return;
1135 }
1136
1137 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1141 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1142 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1143
1144 static void
1145 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1146 {
1147 struct command_line *c;
1148
1149 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1150 {
1151 int i;
1152
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1155 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1156
1157 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1158 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1159
1160 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1161 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1162 command directly. */
1163 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1164 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1165
1166 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1167 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1168 }
1169 }
1170
1171 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1172
1173 static int
1174 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1175 {
1176 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1177 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1178 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1179 }
1180
1181 int
1182 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1183 {
1184 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1185 }
1186
1187 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1188 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1189 found. */
1190
1191 static void
1192 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1193 struct command_line *commands)
1194 {
1195 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1196 {
1197 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1198 struct command_line *c;
1199 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1200
1201 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1202 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1203 ones might not. */
1204 t->step_count = 0;
1205
1206 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1207 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1208 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1209 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1210 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1211 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1212 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1213 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1214 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1215 tracepoint's context. */
1216 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1217 {
1218 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1219 {
1220 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1223 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1226
1227 if (while_stepping)
1228 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1229 "can be used only once"));
1230 else
1231 while_stepping = c;
1232 }
1233
1234 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1235 }
1236 if (while_stepping)
1237 {
1238 struct command_line *c2;
1239
1240 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1241 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1242 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1243 {
1244 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1246 }
1247 }
1248 }
1249 else
1250 {
1251 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1252 }
1253 }
1254
1255 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1256 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1257
1258 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1259 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1260 {
1261 struct breakpoint *b;
1262 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1263 struct bp_location *loc;
1264
1265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1266 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1267 {
1268 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1269 if (loc->address == addr)
1270 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1271 }
1272
1273 return found;
1274 }
1275
1276 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1277 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1278
1279 void
1280 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1281 struct command_line *commands)
1282 {
1283 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1284
1285 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1286 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1288 }
1289
1290 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1291 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1292 commands. */
1293
1294 void
1295 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1296 {
1297 int old_silent = b->silent;
1298
1299 b->silent = silent;
1300 if (old_silent != silent)
1301 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1302 }
1303
1304 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1306
1307 void
1308 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1309 {
1310 int old_thread = b->thread;
1311
1312 b->thread = thread;
1313 if (old_thread != thread)
1314 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1315 }
1316
1317 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1318 breakpoint work for any task. */
1319
1320 void
1321 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1322 {
1323 int old_task = b->task;
1324
1325 b->task = task;
1326 if (old_task != task)
1327 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1328 }
1329
1330 void
1331 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1332 {
1333 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) closure;
1334
1335 validate_actionline (line, b);
1336 }
1337
1338 /* A structure used to pass information through
1339 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1340
1341 struct commands_info
1342 {
1343 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1344 int from_tty;
1345
1346 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1347 char *arg;
1348
1349 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1350 already-parsed command. */
1351 struct command_line *control;
1352
1353 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1354 yet been read. */
1355 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1356 };
1357
1358 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1359 commands_command. */
1360
1361 static void
1362 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1363 {
1364 struct commands_info *info = (struct commands_info *) data;
1365
1366 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1367 {
1368 struct command_line *l;
1369
1370 if (info->control != NULL)
1371 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1372 else
1373 {
1374 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1375 char *str;
1376
1377 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1378 "%s, one per line."),
1379 info->arg);
1380
1381 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1382
1383 l = read_command_lines (str,
1384 info->from_tty, 1,
1385 (is_tracepoint (b)
1386 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1387 b);
1388
1389 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1390 }
1391
1392 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1393 }
1394
1395 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1396 do anything. */
1397 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1398 {
1399 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1400 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1401 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1402 b->commands = info->cmd;
1403 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1404 }
1405 }
1406
1407 static void
1408 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1409 struct command_line *control)
1410 {
1411 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1412 struct commands_info info;
1413
1414 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1415 info.control = control;
1416 info.cmd = NULL;
1417 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1418 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1419 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1420
1421 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1422 {
1423 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1424 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1425 breakpoint_count);
1426 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1427 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1428 else
1429 {
1430 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1431 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1432 numbers will fail in this case. */
1433 arg = NULL;
1434 }
1435 }
1436 else
1437 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1438 our argument. */
1439 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1440
1441 if (arg != NULL)
1442 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1443
1444 info.arg = arg;
1445
1446 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1447
1448 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1449 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1450
1451 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1452 }
1453
1454 static void
1455 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1456 {
1457 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1458 }
1459
1460 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1461 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1462
1463 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1464 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1465 enum command_control_type
1466 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1467 {
1468 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1469 return simple_control;
1470 }
1471
1472 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1473
1474 static int
1475 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1476 {
1477 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1478 return 0;
1479 if (!bl->inserted)
1480 return 0;
1481 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1482 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1483 return 0;
1484 return 1;
1485 }
1486
1487 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1488 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1489 contents.
1490
1491 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1492 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1493 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1494
1495 static void
1496 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1497 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1498 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1499 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1500 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1501 {
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1503 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1504 int bp_size = 0;
1505 int bptoffset = 0;
1506
1507 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1508 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1509 {
1510 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1511 return;
1512 }
1513
1514 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1515 we need to copy. */
1516 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1517 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1518
1519 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1520 {
1521 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1522 reading. */
1523 return;
1524 }
1525
1526 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1527 {
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1529 reading. */
1530 return;
1531 }
1532
1533 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1534 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1535 {
1536 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1538 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1539 bp_addr = memaddr;
1540 }
1541
1542 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1543 {
1544 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1545 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1546 }
1547
1548 if (readbuf != NULL)
1549 {
1550 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1551 shadow_contents buffer. */
1552 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1553 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1554 + target_info->shadow_len));
1555
1556 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1557 shadow. */
1558 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1559 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1560 }
1561 else
1562 {
1563 const unsigned char *bp;
1564 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1565 int placed_size;
1566
1567 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1568 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1569 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1570
1571 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1572 address. */
1573 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1574
1575 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1576 breakpoint's INSN. */
1577 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1578 }
1579 }
1580
1581 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1582 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1583
1584 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1586 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1587
1588 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1589 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1590 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1591 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1592 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1593 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1594 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1595 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1596 and:
1597 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1598
1599 void
1600 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1601 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1602 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1603 {
1604 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1605 search. */
1606 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1607 size_t i;
1608
1609 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1610 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1611 report higher one. */
1612
1613 bc_l = 0;
1614 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1615 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1616 {
1617 struct bp_location *bl;
1618
1619 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1620 bl = bp_location[bc];
1621
1622 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1623 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1624 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1625 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1626
1627 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1628 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1629 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1630
1631 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1632 >= bl->address)
1633 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1634 <= memaddr))
1635 bc_l = bc;
1636 else
1637 bc_r = bc;
1638 }
1639
1640 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1641 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1642 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1643 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1644 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1645 B:
1646
1647 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1648
1649 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1650 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1651 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1652 and L2. */
1653 while (bc_l > 0
1654 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1655 bc_l--;
1656
1657 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1658
1659 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1660 {
1661 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1662 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1663 int bp_size = 0;
1664 int bptoffset = 0;
1665
1666 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1667 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1668 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1669 bl->owner->number);
1670
1671 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1672 content. */
1673
1674 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1675 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1676 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1677 break;
1678
1679 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1680 continue;
1681
1682 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1683 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1684 }
1685 }
1686
1687 \f
1688
1689 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1690 breakpoint. */
1691
1692 int
1693 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1694 {
1695 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1696 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1697 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1698 }
1699
1700 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1701
1702 static int
1703 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1704 {
1705 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1706 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1707 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1708 }
1709
1710 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1711 software. */
1712
1713 int
1714 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1715 {
1716 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1717 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1718 }
1719
1720 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1721 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1722 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1723 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1724 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1725 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1726 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1727 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1728
1729 static int
1730 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1731 {
1732 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1733 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1734 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1735 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1736 }
1737
1738 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1739 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1740
1741 static void
1742 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1743 {
1744 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1745
1746 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1747 {
1748 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1749 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1750 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1751 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1752 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1753 }
1754 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1755 }
1756
1757 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1758 watchpoint W. */
1759
1760 static struct value *
1761 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1762 {
1763 struct value *bit_val;
1764
1765 if (val == NULL)
1766 return NULL;
1767
1768 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1769
1770 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1771 w->val_bitpos,
1772 w->val_bitsize,
1773 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1774 value_offset (val),
1775 val);
1776
1777 return bit_val;
1778 }
1779
1780 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1781 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1782 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1783 to be able to report stops. */
1784
1785 static void
1786 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1787 struct program_space *pspace)
1788 {
1789 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1790
1791 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1792 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1793 b->loc->address = -1;
1794 b->loc->length = -1;
1795 }
1796
1797 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1798 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1799
1800 static int
1801 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1802 {
1803 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1804 && b->loc != NULL
1805 && b->loc->next == NULL
1806 && b->loc->address == -1
1807 && b->loc->length == -1);
1808 }
1809
1810 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1811 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1812 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1813 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1814 in b->loc->cond.
1815 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1816
1817 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1818 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1819 it.
1820
1821 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1822 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1823 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1824 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1825 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1826 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1827 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1828 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1829
1830 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1831 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1832 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1833 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1834 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1835 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1836 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1837 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1838 not changed.
1839
1840 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1841 hardware watchpoints:
1842
1843 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1844 called several times when GDB stops.
1845
1846 [linux]
1847 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1848 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1849 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1850 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1851 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1852 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1853 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1854 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1855 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1856 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1857 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1858
1859 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1860 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1861
1862 static void
1863 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1864 {
1865 int within_current_scope;
1866 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1867 int frame_saved;
1868
1869 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1870 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1871 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1872 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1873 return;
1874
1875 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1876 return;
1877
1878 frame_saved = 0;
1879
1880 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1881 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1882 within_current_scope = 1;
1883 else
1884 {
1885 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1886 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1887 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1888
1889 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1890 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1891 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1892 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1893 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1894 return;
1895
1896 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1897 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1898 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1899 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1900 selected frame. */
1901 frame_saved = 1;
1902 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1903
1904 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1905 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1906 if (within_current_scope)
1907 select_frame (fi);
1908 }
1909
1910 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1911 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1912 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1913 b->base.loc = NULL;
1914
1915 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1916 {
1917 const char *s;
1918
1919 if (b->exp)
1920 {
1921 xfree (b->exp);
1922 b->exp = NULL;
1923 }
1924 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1925 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1926 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1927 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1928 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1929 be completely different objects. */
1930 value_free (b->val);
1931 b->val = NULL;
1932 b->val_valid = 0;
1933
1934 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1935 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1936 locations (re)created below. */
1937 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1938 {
1939 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1940 {
1941 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1942 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1943 }
1944
1945 s = b->base.cond_string;
1946 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1947 }
1948 }
1949
1950 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1951 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1952 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1953 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1954 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1955 if (!target_has_execution)
1956 {
1957 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1958 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1959 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1960 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1961 {
1962 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1963 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1964 else
1965 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1966 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1967 }
1968 }
1969 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1970 {
1971 int pc = 0;
1972 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1973 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1974
1975 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1976
1977 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1978 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1979 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1980 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1981 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1982 watchpoints. */
1983 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1984 {
1985 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1986 {
1987 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1988 if (v != NULL)
1989 release_value (v);
1990 }
1991 b->val = v;
1992 b->val_valid = 1;
1993 }
1994
1995 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1996
1997 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1998 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1999 {
2000 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2001 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2002 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2003 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2004 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2005 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
2006 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
2007 {
2008 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
2009
2010 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2011 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2012 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2013 if (v == result
2014 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2015 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2016 {
2017 CORE_ADDR addr;
2018 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
2019 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
2020 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
2021
2022 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
2023 {
2024 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2025 sub-expression. */
2026 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
2027 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
2028 }
2029 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
2030 {
2031 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2032 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2033 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2034 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
2035 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
2036 }
2037
2038 addr = value_address (v);
2039 if (bitsize != 0)
2040 {
2041 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2042 addr += bitpos / 8;
2043 }
2044
2045 type = hw_write;
2046 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2047 type = hw_read;
2048 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2049 type = hw_access;
2050
2051 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2052 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2053 ;
2054 *tmp = loc;
2055 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2056
2057 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2058 loc->address = addr;
2059
2060 if (bitsize != 0)
2061 {
2062 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2063 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2064 }
2065 else
2066 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2067
2068 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2069 }
2070 }
2071 }
2072
2073 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2074 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2075 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2076 is started. */
2077 if (reparse)
2078 {
2079 int reg_cnt;
2080 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2081 struct bp_location *bl;
2082
2083 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2084
2085 if (reg_cnt)
2086 {
2087 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2088 enum bptype type;
2089
2090 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2091 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2092 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2093
2094 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2095 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2096 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2097 this watchpoint in as well. */
2098
2099 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2100 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2101 hardware watchpoint type. */
2102 type = b->base.type;
2103 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2104 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2105
2106 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2107 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2108 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2109 through watch_command), so always account for it
2110 manually. */
2111
2112 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2113 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2114
2115 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2116 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2117
2118 target_resources_ok
2119 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2120 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2121 {
2122 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2123
2124 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2125 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2126 "hardware watchpoint."));
2127 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2128 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2129 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2130
2131 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2132 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2133 }
2134 else
2135 {
2136 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2137 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2138 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2139 nop. */
2140 b->base.type = type;
2141 }
2142 }
2143 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2144 {
2145 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2146 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2147 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2148 else
2149 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2150 "read/access watchpoint."));
2151 }
2152 else
2153 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2154
2155 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2156 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2157 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2158 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2159 }
2160
2161 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2162 {
2163 next = value_next (v);
2164 if (v != b->val)
2165 value_free (v);
2166 }
2167
2168 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2169 above left it without any location set up. But,
2170 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2171 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2172 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2173 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b->base, frame_pspace);
2174 }
2175 else if (!within_current_scope)
2176 {
2177 printf_filtered (_("\
2178 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2179 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2180 b->base.number);
2181 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2182 }
2183
2184 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2185 if (frame_saved)
2186 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2187 }
2188
2189
2190 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2191 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2192 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2193 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2194 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2195 static int
2196 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2197 {
2198 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2199 return 0;
2200
2201 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2202 return 0;
2203
2204 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2205 return 0;
2206
2207 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2208 return 0;
2209
2210 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2211 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2212 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2213 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2214 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2215 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2216 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2217 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2218 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2219 return 0;
2220
2221 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2222 location. */
2223 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2224 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2225 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2226 bl->address))
2227 {
2228 if (debug_infrun)
2229 {
2230 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2231 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2232 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2233 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2234 }
2235 return 0;
2236 }
2237
2238 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2239 instruction that triggered one. */
2240 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2241 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2242 {
2243 if (debug_infrun)
2244 {
2245 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2246 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2247 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2248 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2249 bl->length);
2250 }
2251 return 0;
2252 }
2253
2254 return 1;
2255 }
2256
2257 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2258 that the location is not duplicated. */
2259
2260 static int
2261 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2262 {
2263 int result;
2264 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2265
2266 bl->duplicate = 0;
2267 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2268 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2269 return result;
2270 }
2271
2272 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2273 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2274 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2275 any error during parsing. */
2276
2277 static struct agent_expr *
2278 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2279 {
2280 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2281
2282 if (!cond)
2283 return NULL;
2284
2285 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2286 that may show up. */
2287 TRY
2288 {
2289 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2290 }
2291
2292 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2293 {
2294 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2295 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2296 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2297 return NULL;
2298 }
2299 END_CATCH
2300
2301 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2302 return aexpr;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2306 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2307 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2308 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2309 one of them is true. */
2310
2311 static void
2312 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2313 {
2314 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2315 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2316 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2317 struct bp_location *loc;
2318
2319 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2320 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2321
2322 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2323 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2324 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2325 side. */
2326 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2327 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2328 return;
2329
2330 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2331 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2332 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2333 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2334 response back to GDB. */
2335 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2336 {
2337 loc = (*loc2p);
2338 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2339 {
2340 if (modified)
2341 {
2342 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2343
2344 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2345 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2346 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2347 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2348 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2349 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2350 }
2351
2352 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2353 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2354 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2355 {
2356 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2357 break;
2358 }
2359 }
2360 }
2361
2362 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2363 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2364 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2365
2366 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2367 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2368 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2369 {
2370 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2371 {
2372 loc = (*loc2p);
2373 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2374 {
2375 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2376 located. */
2377 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2378 return;
2379
2380 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2381 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2382 }
2383 }
2384 }
2385
2386 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2387 for this location's address. */
2388 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2389 {
2390 loc = (*loc2p);
2391 if (loc->cond
2392 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2393 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2394 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2395 && loc->enabled)
2396 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2397 conditions to the target. */
2398 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2399 loc->cond_bytecode);
2400 }
2401
2402 return;
2403 }
2404
2405 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2406 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2407 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2408
2409 static struct agent_expr *
2410 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2411 {
2412 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2413 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2414 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2415 const char *cmdrest;
2416 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2417 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2418 int nargs;
2419 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2420
2421 if (!cmd)
2422 return NULL;
2423
2424 cmdrest = cmd;
2425
2426 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2427 ++cmdrest;
2428 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2429
2430 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2431 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2432
2433 format_start = cmdrest;
2434
2435 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2436
2437 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2438
2439 format_end = cmdrest;
2440
2441 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2442 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2443
2444 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2445
2446 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2447 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2448
2449 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2450 cmdrest++;
2451 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2452
2453 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2454
2455 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2456 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2457
2458 nargs = 0;
2459 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2460 {
2461 const char *cmd1;
2462
2463 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2464 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2465 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2466 cmdrest = cmd1;
2467 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2468 ++cmdrest;
2469 }
2470
2471 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2472 that may show up. */
2473 TRY
2474 {
2475 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2476 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2477 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2478 }
2479 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2480 {
2481 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2482 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2483 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2484 aexpr = NULL;
2485 }
2486 END_CATCH
2487
2488 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2489
2490 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2491 return aexpr;
2492 }
2493
2494 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2495 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2496 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2497
2498 static void
2499 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2500 {
2501 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2502 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2503 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2504 struct bp_location *loc;
2505
2506 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2507 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2508
2509 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2510 return;
2511
2512 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2513 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2514 return;
2515
2516 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2517 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2518 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2519 control. */
2520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2521 {
2522 loc = (*loc2p);
2523 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2524 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2525 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2526 return;
2527 }
2528
2529 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2530 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2531 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2532 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2533 response back to GDB. */
2534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2535 {
2536 loc = (*loc2p);
2537 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2538 {
2539 if (modified)
2540 {
2541 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2542
2543 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2544 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2545 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2546 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2547 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2548 loc->owner->extra_string);
2549 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2550 }
2551
2552 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2553 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2554 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2555 {
2556 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2557 break;
2558 }
2559 }
2560 }
2561
2562 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2563 and so clean up. */
2564 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2565 {
2566 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2567 {
2568 loc = (*loc2p);
2569 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2570 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2571 {
2572 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2573 located. */
2574 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2575 return;
2576
2577 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2578 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2579 }
2580 }
2581 }
2582
2583 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2584 for this location's address. */
2585 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2586 {
2587 loc = (*loc2p);
2588 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2589 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2590 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2591 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2592 && loc->enabled)
2593 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2594 to send the commands to the target. */
2595 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2596 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2597 }
2598
2599 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2600 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2601 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2602 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2603 }
2604
2605 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2606 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2607 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2608 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2609 -1 for failure.
2610
2611 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2612 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2613 static int
2614 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2615 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2616 int *disabled_breaks,
2617 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2618 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2619 {
2620 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2621 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2622
2623 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2624 return 0;
2625
2626 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2627 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2628 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2629 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2630 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2631 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2632 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2633 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2634 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2635 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2636 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2637 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2638
2639 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2640 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2641 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2642 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2643
2644 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2645 {
2646 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2647 build_target_command_list (bl);
2648 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2649 bl->needs_update = 0;
2650 }
2651
2652 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2653 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2654 {
2655 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2656 {
2657 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2658 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2659 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2660
2661 Two important cases are:
2662 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2663 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2664 hardware breakpoint.
2665 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2666 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2667 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2668 so we undo.
2669
2670 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2671 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2672 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2673 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2674 gdb. */
2675 struct mem_region *mr
2676 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2677
2678 if (mr)
2679 {
2680 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2681 {
2682 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2683
2684 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2685 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2686 else
2687 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2688
2689 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2690 {
2691 static int said = 0;
2692
2693 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2694 if (!said)
2695 {
2696 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2697 _("Note: automatically using "
2698 "hardware breakpoints for "
2699 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2700 said = 1;
2701 }
2702 }
2703 }
2704 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2705 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2706 {
2707 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2708 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2709 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2710 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2711 bl->owner->number,
2712 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2713 return 1;
2714 }
2715 }
2716 }
2717
2718 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2719 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2720 || bl->section == NULL
2721 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2722 {
2723 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2724 TRY
2725 {
2726 int val;
2727
2728 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2729 if (val)
2730 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2731 }
2732 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2733 {
2734 bp_err = e.error;
2735 bp_err_message = e.message;
2736 }
2737 END_CATCH
2738 }
2739 else
2740 {
2741 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2742 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2743 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2744 {
2745 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2746 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2747 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2748 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2749 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2750 bl->owner->number);
2751 else
2752 {
2753 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2754 bl->section);
2755 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2756 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2757 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2758
2759 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2760 TRY
2761 {
2762 int val;
2763
2764 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2765 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2766 if (val)
2767 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2768 }
2769 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2770 {
2771 bp_err = e.error;
2772 bp_err_message = e.message;
2773 }
2774 END_CATCH
2775
2776 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2777 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2778 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2779 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2780 bl->owner->number);
2781 }
2782 }
2783 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2784 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2785 {
2786 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2787 TRY
2788 {
2789 int val;
2790
2791 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2792 if (val)
2793 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2794 }
2795 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2796 {
2797 bp_err = e.error;
2798 bp_err_message = e.message;
2799 }
2800 END_CATCH
2801 }
2802 else
2803 {
2804 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2805 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2806 return 0;
2807 }
2808 }
2809
2810 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2811 {
2812 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2813
2814 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2815 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2816 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2817 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2818 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2819 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2820 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2821 errors as memory errors. */
2822 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2823 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2824 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2825 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2826 bl->address)))
2827 {
2828 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2829 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2830 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2831 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2832 {
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2834 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2835 bl->owner->number);
2836 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2837 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2838 "library breakpoints:\n");
2839 }
2840 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2842 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2843 return 0;
2844 }
2845 else
2846 {
2847 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2848 {
2849 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2850 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2851 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2852 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2853 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2854 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2855 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2856 }
2857 else
2858 {
2859 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2860 {
2861 char *message
2862 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2863 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2864 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2865
2866 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2867 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2868 "%s\n",
2869 bl->owner->number, message);
2870 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2871 }
2872 else
2873 {
2874 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2875 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2876 bl->owner->number,
2877 bp_err_message);
2878 }
2879 }
2880 return 1;
2881
2882 }
2883 }
2884 else
2885 bl->inserted = 1;
2886
2887 return 0;
2888 }
2889
2890 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2891 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2892 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2893 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2894 {
2895 int val;
2896
2897 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2898 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2899
2900 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2901
2902 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2903 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2904 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2905 {
2906 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2907
2908 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2909 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2910 of this one. */
2911 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2912 if (loc != bl
2913 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2914 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2915 {
2916 bl->duplicate = 1;
2917 bl->inserted = 1;
2918 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2919 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2920 val = 0;
2921 break;
2922 }
2923
2924 if (val == 1)
2925 {
2926 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2927 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2928
2929 if (val)
2930 /* Back to the original value. */
2931 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2932 }
2933 }
2934
2935 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2936 }
2937
2938 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2939 {
2940 int val;
2941
2942 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2943 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2944
2945 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2946 if (val)
2947 {
2948 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2949
2950 if (val == 1)
2951 warning (_("\
2952 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2953 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2954 else
2955 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2956 }
2957
2958 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2959
2960 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2961 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2962 so just return success. */
2963 return 0;
2964 }
2965
2966 return 0;
2967 }
2968
2969 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2970 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2971 PSPACE anymore. */
2972
2973 void
2974 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2975 {
2976 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2977 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2978
2979 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2980 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2981 {
2982 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2983 delete_breakpoint (b);
2984 }
2985
2986 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2987 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2989 {
2990 struct bp_location *tmp;
2991
2992 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2993 {
2994 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2995 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2996 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2997 else
2998 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2999 if (tmp->next == loc)
3000 {
3001 tmp->next = loc->next;
3002 break;
3003 }
3004 }
3005 }
3006
3007 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3008 removed locations above. */
3009 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
3010 }
3011
3012 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3013 Throws exception on any error.
3014 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3015 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3016 void
3017 insert_breakpoints (void)
3018 {
3019 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3020
3021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3022 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3023 {
3024 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
3025
3026 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3027 }
3028
3029 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3030 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3031 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3032 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
3033 }
3034
3035 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3036
3037 void
3038 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3039 {
3040 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3041
3042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3043 {
3044 callback (loc, NULL);
3045 }
3046 }
3047
3048 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3049 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3050 always-inserted mode. */
3051
3052 static void
3053 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3054 {
3055 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3056 int error_flag = 0;
3057 int val = 0;
3058 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3059 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3060 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3061
3062 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3063 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3064
3065 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3066 there was an error. */
3067 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3068
3069 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3070
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3072 {
3073 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3074 breakpoints. */
3075 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3076 continue;
3077
3078 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3079 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3080 deletion of breakpoints. */
3081 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3082 continue;
3083
3084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3085
3086 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3087 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3088 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3089 insert breakpoints. */
3090 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3091 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3092 continue;
3093
3094 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3095 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3096 if (val)
3097 error_flag = val;
3098 }
3099
3100 if (error_flag)
3101 {
3102 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3103 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3104 }
3105
3106 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3107 }
3108
3109 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3110
3111 static void
3112 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3113 {
3114 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3115 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3116 int error_flag = 0;
3117 int val = 0;
3118 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3119 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3120 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3121
3122 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3123 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3124
3125 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3126 there was an error. */
3127 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3128
3129 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3130
3131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3132 {
3133 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3134 continue;
3135
3136 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3137 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3138 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3139 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3140 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3141 continue;
3142
3143 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3144
3145 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3146 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3147 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3148 insert breakpoints. */
3149 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3150 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3151 continue;
3152
3153 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3154 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3155 if (val)
3156 error_flag = val;
3157 }
3158
3159 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3160 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3162 {
3163 int some_failed = 0;
3164 struct bp_location *loc;
3165
3166 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3167 continue;
3168
3169 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3170 continue;
3171
3172 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3173 continue;
3174
3175 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3176 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3177 {
3178 some_failed = 1;
3179 break;
3180 }
3181 if (some_failed)
3182 {
3183 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3184 if (loc->inserted)
3185 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3186
3187 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3188 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3189 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3190 bpt->number);
3191 error_flag = -1;
3192 }
3193 }
3194
3195 if (error_flag)
3196 {
3197 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3198 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3199 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3200 {
3201 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3202 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3203 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3204 }
3205 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3206 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3207 }
3208
3209 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3210 }
3211
3212 /* Used when the program stops.
3213 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3214 removing a breakpoint location. */
3215
3216 int
3217 remove_breakpoints (void)
3218 {
3219 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3220 int val = 0;
3221
3222 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3223 {
3224 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3225 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3226 }
3227 return val;
3228 }
3229
3230 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3231 that thread. */
3232
3233 static void
3234 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3235 {
3236 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3237
3238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3239 {
3240 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3241 {
3242 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3243
3244 printf_filtered (_("\
3245 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3246 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3247
3248 /* Hide it from the user. */
3249 b->number = 0;
3250 }
3251 }
3252 }
3253
3254 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3255
3256 int
3257 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3258 {
3259 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3260 int val;
3261 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3262
3263 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3264 {
3265 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3266 continue;
3267
3268 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3269 {
3270 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3271 if (val != 0)
3272 return val;
3273 }
3274 }
3275 return 0;
3276 }
3277
3278 int
3279 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3280 {
3281 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3282 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3283 int val;
3284 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3285 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3286 struct inferior *inf;
3287 struct thread_info *tp;
3288
3289 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3290 if (tp == NULL)
3291 return 1;
3292
3293 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3294 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3295
3296 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3297
3298 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3299 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3300
3301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3302 {
3303 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3304 continue;
3305
3306 if (bl->inserted)
3307 {
3308 bl->inserted = 0;
3309 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3310 if (val != 0)
3311 {
3312 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3313 return val;
3314 }
3315 }
3316 }
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3318 return 0;
3319 }
3320
3321 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3322
3323 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3324 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3325 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3326 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3327 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3328 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3329 static void
3330 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3331 {
3332 if (internal)
3333 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3334 else
3335 {
3336 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3337 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3338 }
3339 }
3340
3341 static struct breakpoint *
3342 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3343 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3344 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3345 {
3346 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3347 struct breakpoint *b;
3348
3349 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3350
3351 sal.pc = address;
3352 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3353 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3354
3355 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3356 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3357 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3358
3359 return b;
3360 }
3361
3362 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3363 {
3364 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3365 };
3366 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3367
3368 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3369 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3370 {
3371 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3372 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3373
3374 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3375 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3376
3377 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3378 int longjmp_searched;
3379
3380 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3381 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3382
3383 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3384 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3385
3386 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3387 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3388
3389 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3390 int exception_searched;
3391
3392 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3393 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3394 };
3395
3396 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3397
3398 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3399 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3400
3401 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3402
3403 static int
3404 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3405 {
3406 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3407 }
3408
3409 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3410 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3411
3412 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3413 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3414 {
3415 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3416
3417 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3418 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3419 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3420 {
3421 bp_objfile_data =
3422 XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct breakpoint_objfile_data);
3423
3424 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3425 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3426 }
3427 return bp_objfile_data;
3428 }
3429
3430 static void
3431 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3432 {
3433 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3434 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3435
3436 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3437 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3438 }
3439
3440 static void
3441 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3442 {
3443 struct objfile *objfile;
3444 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3445
3446 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3447 {
3448 struct breakpoint *b;
3449 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3450 CORE_ADDR addr;
3451 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3452
3453 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3454
3455 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3456 continue;
3457
3458 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3459 {
3460 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3461
3462 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3463 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3464 {
3465 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3466 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3467 continue;
3468 }
3469 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3470 }
3471
3472 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3473 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3474 bp_overlay_event,
3475 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3476 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3477 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3478 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3479
3480 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3481 {
3482 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3483 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3484 }
3485 else
3486 {
3487 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3488 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3489 }
3490 }
3491 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3492 }
3493
3494 static void
3495 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3496 {
3497 struct program_space *pspace;
3498 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3499
3500 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3501
3502 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3503 {
3504 struct objfile *objfile;
3505
3506 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3507
3508 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3509 {
3510 int i;
3511 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3512 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3513
3514 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3515
3516 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3517
3518 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3519 {
3520 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3521
3522 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3523 if (ret != NULL)
3524 {
3525 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3526 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3527
3528 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3529 {
3530 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3531 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3532 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3533 ret = NULL;
3534 }
3535 }
3536 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3537 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3538 }
3539
3540 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3541 {
3542 int i;
3543 struct probe *probe;
3544 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3545
3546 for (i = 0;
3547 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3548 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3549 i, probe);
3550 ++i)
3551 {
3552 struct breakpoint *b;
3553
3554 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3555 get_probe_address (probe,
3556 objfile),
3557 bp_longjmp_master,
3558 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3559 b->location
3560 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3561 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3562 }
3563
3564 continue;
3565 }
3566
3567 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3568 continue;
3569
3570 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3571 {
3572 struct breakpoint *b;
3573 const char *func_name;
3574 CORE_ADDR addr;
3575 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3576
3577 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3578 continue;
3579
3580 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3581 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3582 {
3583 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3584
3585 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3586 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3587 {
3588 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3589 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3590 continue;
3591 }
3592 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3593 }
3594
3595 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3596 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3597 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3598 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3599 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3600 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3601 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3602 }
3603 }
3604 }
3605 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3606
3607 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3608 }
3609
3610 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3611 static void
3612 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3613 {
3614 struct program_space *pspace;
3615 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3616 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3617
3618 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3619
3620 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3621 {
3622 struct objfile *objfile;
3623 CORE_ADDR addr;
3624
3625 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3626
3627 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3628 {
3629 struct breakpoint *b;
3630 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3631 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3632
3633 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3634
3635 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3636 continue;
3637
3638 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3639 {
3640 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3641
3642 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3643 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3644 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3645 {
3646 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3647 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3648 continue;
3649 }
3650 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3651 }
3652
3653 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3654 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3655 bp_std_terminate_master,
3656 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3657 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3658 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3659 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3660 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3661 }
3662 }
3663
3664 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3665
3666 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3667 }
3668
3669 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3670
3671 static void
3672 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3673 {
3674 struct objfile *objfile;
3675 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3676
3677 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3678 {
3679 struct breakpoint *b;
3680 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3681 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3682 CORE_ADDR addr;
3683 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3684
3685 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3686
3687 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3688 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3689 {
3690 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3691
3692 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3693
3694 if (ret != NULL)
3695 {
3696 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3697 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3698
3699 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3700 {
3701 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3702 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3703 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3704 ret = NULL;
3705 }
3706 }
3707 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3708 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3709 }
3710
3711 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3712 {
3713 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3714 int i;
3715 struct probe *probe;
3716
3717 for (i = 0;
3718 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3719 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3720 i, probe);
3721 ++i)
3722 {
3723 struct breakpoint *b;
3724
3725 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3726 get_probe_address (probe,
3727 objfile),
3728 bp_exception_master,
3729 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3730 b->location
3731 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3732 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3733 }
3734
3735 continue;
3736 }
3737
3738 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3739
3740 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3741 continue;
3742
3743 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3744
3745 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3746 {
3747 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3748
3749 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3750 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3751 {
3752 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3757 }
3758
3759 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3760 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3761 &current_target);
3762 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3763 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3764 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3765 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3766 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3767 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3768 }
3769
3770 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3771 }
3772
3773 void
3774 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3775 {
3776 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3777 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3778
3779 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3780 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3781 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3782 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3783 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3784 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3785 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3786 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3787 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3788 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3789 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3790
3791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3792 {
3793 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3794 continue;
3795
3796 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3797 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3798 {
3799 delete_breakpoint (b);
3800 continue;
3801 }
3802
3803 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3804 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3805 {
3806 delete_breakpoint (b);
3807 continue;
3808 }
3809
3810 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3811 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3812 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3813 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3814 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3815 {
3816 delete_breakpoint (b);
3817 continue;
3818 }
3819
3820 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3821 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3822 {
3823 delete_breakpoint (b);
3824 continue;
3825 }
3826
3827 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3828 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3829 {
3830 delete_breakpoint (b);
3831 continue;
3832 }
3833
3834 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3835 after an exec. */
3836 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3837 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3838 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3839 {
3840 delete_breakpoint (b);
3841 continue;
3842 }
3843
3844 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3845 {
3846 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3847 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3848 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3849 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3850 continue;
3851 }
3852
3853 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3854 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3855 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3856 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3857 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3858 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3859
3860 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3861 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3862 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3863 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3864 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3865 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3866 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3867
3868 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3869 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3870 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3871 let finish_command delete it.
3872
3873 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3874 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3875 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3876 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3877 solib breakpoints.) */
3878
3879 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3880 {
3881 continue;
3882 }
3883
3884 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3885 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3886 a.out. */
3887 if (event_location_empty_p (b->location))
3888 {
3889 delete_breakpoint (b);
3890 continue;
3891 }
3892 }
3893 }
3894
3895 int
3896 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3897 {
3898 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3899 int val = 0;
3900 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3901 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3902
3903 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3904 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3905
3906 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3907 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3908 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3909 {
3910 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3911 continue;
3912
3913 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3914 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3915 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3916 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3917 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3918 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3919 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3920 continue;
3921
3922 if (bl->inserted)
3923 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3924 }
3925
3926 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3927 return val;
3928 }
3929
3930 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3931 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3932 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3933 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3934 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3935
3936 static int
3937 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3938 {
3939 int val;
3940
3941 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3942 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3943
3944 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3945 This should not ever happen. */
3946 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3947
3948 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3949 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3950 {
3951 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3952 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3953 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3954
3955 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3956 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3957 || bl->section == NULL
3958 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3959 {
3960 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3961
3962 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3963 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3964 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3965 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3966 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3967 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3968 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3969 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3970 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3971 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3972 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3973 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3974 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3975 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3976 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3977 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3978 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3979 they should always be removed. */
3980 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3981 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3982 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3983 val = 0;
3984 else
3985 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3986 }
3987 else
3988 {
3989 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3990 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3991 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3992 {
3993 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3994 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3995 */
3996 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3997 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3998 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3999 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4000 &bl->overlay_target_info);
4001 else
4002 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4003 &bl->overlay_target_info);
4004 }
4005 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4006 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4007 if (bl->inserted)
4008 {
4009 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4010 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4011 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4012 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4013
4014 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4015 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4016 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4017 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4018 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4019 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4020 else
4021 val = 0;
4022 }
4023 else
4024 {
4025 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4026 val = 0;
4027 }
4028 }
4029
4030 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4031 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4032 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4033 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4034 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4035 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4036 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4037 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4038 always-inserted mode. */
4039 if (val
4040 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4041 && (bl->shlib_disabled
4042 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
4043 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4044 bl->address))))
4045 val = 0;
4046
4047 if (val)
4048 return val;
4049 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4050 }
4051 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4052 {
4053 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4054 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4055
4056 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4057 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4058
4059 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4060 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4061 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4062 bl->owner->number);
4063 }
4064 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4065 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4066 && !bl->duplicate)
4067 {
4068 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4069 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4070
4071 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4072 if (val)
4073 return val;
4074
4075 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4076 }
4077
4078 return 0;
4079 }
4080
4081 static int
4082 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4083 {
4084 int ret;
4085 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4086
4087 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4088 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4089
4090 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4091 This should not ever happen. */
4092 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4093
4094 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4095
4096 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4097
4098 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4099
4100 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4101 return ret;
4102 }
4103
4104 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4105
4106 void
4107 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4108 {
4109 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4110
4111 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4112 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4113 bl->inserted = 0;
4114 }
4115
4116 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4117 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4118
4119 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4120 between runs.
4121
4122 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4123 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4124 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4125
4126
4127
4128 void
4129 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4130 {
4131 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4132 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4133 int ix;
4134 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4135
4136 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4137 nothing to do. */
4138 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4139 return;
4140
4141 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4142
4143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4144 {
4145 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4146 continue;
4147
4148 switch (b->type)
4149 {
4150 case bp_call_dummy:
4151 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4152
4153 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4154 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4155 rid of it. */
4156
4157 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4158
4159 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4160
4161 case bp_shlib_event:
4162
4163 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4164 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4165 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4166 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4167 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4168
4169 (gdb) file prog-linux
4170 (gdb) run # native linux target
4171 ...
4172 (gdb) kill
4173 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4174 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4175 */
4176
4177 case bp_step_resume:
4178
4179 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4180
4181 case bp_single_step:
4182
4183 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4184
4185 delete_breakpoint (b);
4186 break;
4187
4188 case bp_watchpoint:
4189 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4190 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4191 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4192 {
4193 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4194
4195 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4196 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4197 delete_breakpoint (b);
4198 else if (context == inf_starting)
4199 {
4200 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4201 insert_breakpoints. */
4202 if (w->val)
4203 value_free (w->val);
4204 w->val = NULL;
4205 w->val_valid = 0;
4206 }
4207 }
4208 break;
4209 default:
4210 break;
4211 }
4212 }
4213
4214 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4215 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4216 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4217 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4218 }
4219
4220 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4221 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4222 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4223 match, not program space. */
4224
4225 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4226 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4227 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4228 permanent breakpoint.
4229 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4230 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4231 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4232 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4233 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4234
4235 enum breakpoint_here
4236 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4237 {
4238 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4239 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4240
4241 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4242 {
4243 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4244 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4245 continue;
4246
4247 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4248 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4249 || bl->permanent)
4250 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4251 {
4252 if (overlay_debugging
4253 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4254 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4255 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4256 else if (bl->permanent)
4257 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4258 else
4259 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4260 }
4261 }
4262
4263 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4264 }
4265
4266 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4267
4268 int
4269 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4270 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4271 {
4272 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4273
4274 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4275 {
4276 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4277 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4278 continue;
4279
4280 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4281 || bl->permanent)
4282 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4283 addr, len))
4284 {
4285 if (overlay_debugging
4286 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4287 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4288 {
4289 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4290 continue;
4291 }
4292
4293 return 1;
4294 }
4295 }
4296
4297 return 0;
4298 }
4299
4300 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4301
4302 int
4303 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4304 {
4305 struct bp_location *loc;
4306 int ix;
4307
4308 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4309 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4310 return 1;
4311
4312 return 0;
4313 }
4314
4315 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4316 ASPACE. */
4317
4318 static int
4319 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4320 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4321 {
4322 if (bl->inserted
4323 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4324 aspace, pc))
4325 {
4326 if (overlay_debugging
4327 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4328 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4329 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4330 else
4331 return 1;
4332 }
4333 return 0;
4334 }
4335
4336 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4337
4338 int
4339 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4340 {
4341 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4342 struct bp_location *bl;
4343
4344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4345 {
4346 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4347
4348 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4349 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4350 continue;
4351
4352 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4353 return 1;
4354 }
4355 return 0;
4356 }
4357
4358 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4359 inserted at PC. */
4360
4361 int
4362 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4363 CORE_ADDR pc)
4364 {
4365 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4366 struct bp_location *bl;
4367
4368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4369 {
4370 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4371
4372 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4373 continue;
4374
4375 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4376 return 1;
4377 }
4378
4379 return 0;
4380 }
4381
4382 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4383
4384 int
4385 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4386 CORE_ADDR pc)
4387 {
4388 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4389 struct bp_location *bl;
4390
4391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4392 {
4393 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4394
4395 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4396 continue;
4397
4398 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4399 return 1;
4400 }
4401
4402 return 0;
4403 }
4404
4405 int
4406 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4407 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4408 {
4409 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4410
4411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4412 {
4413 struct bp_location *loc;
4414
4415 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4416 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4417 continue;
4418
4419 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4420 continue;
4421
4422 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4423 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4424 {
4425 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4426
4427 /* Check for intersection. */
4428 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4429 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4430 if (l < h)
4431 return 1;
4432 }
4433 }
4434 return 0;
4435 }
4436 \f
4437
4438 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4439 in breakpoint.h. */
4440
4441 int
4442 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4443 {
4444 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4445 }
4446
4447 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4448 'next' chain. */
4449
4450 static void
4451 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4452 {
4453 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4454 value_free (bs->old_val);
4455 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4456 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4457 xfree (bs);
4458 }
4459
4460 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4461 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4462
4463 void
4464 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4465 {
4466 bpstat p;
4467 bpstat q;
4468
4469 if (bsp == 0)
4470 return;
4471 p = *bsp;
4472 while (p != NULL)
4473 {
4474 q = p->next;
4475 bpstat_free (p);
4476 p = q;
4477 }
4478 *bsp = NULL;
4479 }
4480
4481 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4482 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4483
4484 bpstat
4485 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4486 {
4487 bpstat p = NULL;
4488 bpstat tmp;
4489 bpstat retval = NULL;
4490
4491 if (bs == NULL)
4492 return bs;
4493
4494 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4495 {
4496 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4497 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4498 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4499 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4500 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4501 {
4502 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4503 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4504 }
4505
4506 if (p == NULL)
4507 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4508 retval = tmp;
4509 else
4510 p->next = tmp;
4511 p = tmp;
4512 }
4513 p->next = NULL;
4514 return retval;
4515 }
4516
4517 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4518
4519 bpstat
4520 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4521 {
4522 if (bsp == NULL)
4523 return NULL;
4524
4525 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4526 {
4527 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4528 return bsp;
4529 }
4530 return NULL;
4531 }
4532
4533 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4534
4535 int
4536 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4537 {
4538 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4539 {
4540 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4541 {
4542 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4543 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4544 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4545 return 1;
4546 }
4547 else
4548 {
4549 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4550 sig))
4551 return 1;
4552 }
4553 }
4554
4555 return 0;
4556 }
4557
4558 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4559 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4560 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4561 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4562
4563 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4564 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4565 we set it.
4566 Return 1 otherwise. */
4567
4568 int
4569 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4570 {
4571 struct breakpoint *b;
4572
4573 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4574 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4575
4576 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4577 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4578 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4579 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4580 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4581 if (b == NULL)
4582 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4583
4584 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4585 return 1;
4586 }
4587
4588 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4589
4590 void
4591 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4592 {
4593 struct thread_info *tp;
4594 bpstat bs;
4595
4596 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4597 return;
4598
4599 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4600 if (tp == NULL)
4601 return;
4602
4603 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4604 {
4605 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4606
4607 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4608 {
4609 value_free (bs->old_val);
4610 bs->old_val = NULL;
4611 }
4612 }
4613 }
4614
4615 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4616
4617 static void
4618 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4619 {
4620 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4621 {
4622 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4623
4624 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4625 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4626 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4627 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4628 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4629 return;
4630 }
4631
4632 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4633 }
4634
4635 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4636 command. */
4637 static void
4638 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4639 {
4640 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4641 }
4642
4643 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4644 or its equivalent. */
4645
4646 static int
4647 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4648 {
4649 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4650 }
4651
4652 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4653 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4654 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4655 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4656
4657 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4658 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4659 bpstat of the current thread. */
4660
4661 static int
4662 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4663 {
4664 bpstat bs;
4665 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4666 int again = 0;
4667
4668 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4669 in bs->commands. */
4670 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4671 return 0;
4672
4673 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4674 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4675
4676 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4677
4678 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4679 bs = *bsp;
4680
4681 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4682 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4683 {
4684 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4685 struct command_line *cmd;
4686 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4687
4688 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4689
4690 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4691 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4692 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4693 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4694 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4695 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4696 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4697 the tree when we're done. */
4698 ccmd = bs->commands;
4699 bs->commands = NULL;
4700 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4701 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4702 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4703 {
4704 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4705 cmd = cmd->next;
4706 }
4707
4708 while (cmd != NULL)
4709 {
4710 execute_control_command (cmd);
4711
4712 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4713 break;
4714 else
4715 cmd = cmd->next;
4716 }
4717
4718 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4719 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4720
4721 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4722 {
4723 if (interpreter_async)
4724 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4725 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4726 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4727 ;
4728 else
4729 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4730 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4731 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4732 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4733 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4734 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4735 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4736 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4737 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4738 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4739 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4740 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4741 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4742 again = 1;
4743 break;
4744 }
4745 }
4746 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4747 return again;
4748 }
4749
4750 void
4751 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4752 {
4753 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4754
4755 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4756 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4757 && target_has_execution
4758 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4759 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4760 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4761 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4762 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4763 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4764 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4765 break;
4766
4767 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4768 }
4769
4770 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4771
4772 static void
4773 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4774 {
4775 if (val == NULL)
4776 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4777 else
4778 {
4779 struct value_print_options opts;
4780 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4781 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4782 }
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4786 debugging multiple threads. */
4787
4788 void
4789 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4790 {
4791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4792 return;
4793
4794 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4795
4796 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4797 {
4798 const char *name;
4799 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4800
4801 ui_out_text (uiout, "Thread ");
4802 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4803
4804 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4805 if (name != NULL)
4806 {
4807 ui_out_text (uiout, " \"");
4808 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "name", "%s", name);
4809 ui_out_text (uiout, "\"");
4810 }
4811
4812 ui_out_text (uiout, " hit ");
4813 }
4814 }
4815
4816 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4817 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4818 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4819 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4820 normal_stop(). */
4821
4822 static enum print_stop_action
4823 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4824 {
4825 switch (bs->print_it)
4826 {
4827 case print_it_noop:
4828 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4829 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4830 break;
4831
4832 case print_it_done:
4833 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4834 relevant messages. */
4835 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4836 break;
4837
4838 case print_it_normal:
4839 {
4840 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4841
4842 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4843 which has since been deleted. */
4844 if (b == NULL)
4845 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4846
4847 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4848 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4849 }
4850 break;
4851
4852 default:
4853 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4854 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4855 break;
4856 }
4857 }
4858
4859 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4860
4861 static void
4862 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4863 {
4864 int any_deleted
4865 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4866 int any_added
4867 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4868
4869 if (!is_catchpoint)
4870 {
4871 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4872 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4873 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4874 else
4875 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4876 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4877 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4878 }
4879
4880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4881 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4882 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4883
4884 if (any_deleted)
4885 {
4886 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4887 char *name;
4888 int ix;
4889
4890 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4891 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4892 "removed");
4893 for (ix = 0;
4894 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4895 ix, name);
4896 ++ix)
4897 {
4898 if (ix > 0)
4899 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4900 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4901 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4902 }
4903
4904 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4905 }
4906
4907 if (any_added)
4908 {
4909 struct so_list *iter;
4910 int ix;
4911 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4912
4913 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4914 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4915 "added");
4916 for (ix = 0;
4917 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4918 ix, iter);
4919 ++ix)
4920 {
4921 if (ix > 0)
4922 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4923 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4924 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4925 }
4926
4927 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4928 }
4929 }
4930
4931 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4932 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4933 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4934 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4935 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4936 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4937 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4938 routine is one of:
4939
4940 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4941 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4942 code to print the location. An example is
4943 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4944 the location.
4945 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4946 to also print the location part of the message.
4947 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4948 don't require a location appended to the end.
4949 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4950 further info to be printed. */
4951
4952 enum print_stop_action
4953 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4954 {
4955 enum print_stop_action val;
4956
4957 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4958 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4959 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4960 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4961 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4962 {
4963 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4964 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4965 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4966 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4967 return val;
4968 }
4969
4970 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4971 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4972 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4973 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4974 {
4975 print_solib_event (0);
4976 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4977 }
4978
4979 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4980 with and nothing was printed. */
4981 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4982 }
4983
4984 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4985 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4986 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4987 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4988 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4989 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4990
4991 static int
4992 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4993 {
4994 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4995 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4996
4997 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4998 return i;
4999 }
5000
5001 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5002
5003 static bpstat
5004 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
5005 {
5006 bpstat bs;
5007
5008 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
5009 bs->next = NULL;
5010 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
5011 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
5012 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
5013 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
5014 incref_bp_location (bl);
5015 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5016 bs->commands = NULL;
5017 bs->old_val = NULL;
5018 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
5019 return bs;
5020 }
5021 \f
5022 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5023 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5024
5025 int
5026 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5027 {
5028 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5029 CORE_ADDR addr;
5030 struct breakpoint *b;
5031
5032 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
5033 {
5034 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5035 as not triggered. */
5036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5037 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5038 {
5039 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5040
5041 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5042 }
5043
5044 return 0;
5045 }
5046
5047 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
5048 {
5049 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5050 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5052 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5053 {
5054 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5055
5056 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
5057 }
5058
5059 return 1;
5060 }
5061
5062 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5063 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5064 triggered. */
5065
5066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5067 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5068 {
5069 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5070 struct bp_location *loc;
5071
5072 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5073 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5074 {
5075 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
5076 {
5077 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
5078 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
5079
5080 if (newaddr == start)
5081 {
5082 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5083 break;
5084 }
5085 }
5086 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5087 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
5088 addr, loc->address,
5089 loc->length))
5090 {
5091 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5092 break;
5093 }
5094 }
5095 }
5096
5097 return 1;
5098 }
5099
5100 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5101 because of check_errors). */
5102 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5103 #define WP_DELETED 1
5104 /* The value has changed. */
5105 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5106 /* The value has not changed. */
5107 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5108 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5109 #define WP_IGNORE 4
5110
5111 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5112 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5113
5114 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5115 changed.
5116
5117 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5118 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5119
5120 static int
5121 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5122 {
5123 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5124 struct watchpoint *b;
5125 struct frame_info *fr;
5126 int within_current_scope;
5127
5128 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5129 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5130 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5131
5132 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5133 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5134 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5135 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5136 return WP_IGNORE;
5137
5138 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5139 within_current_scope = 1;
5140 else
5141 {
5142 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5143 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5144 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5145
5146 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5147 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5148 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5149 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5150 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5151 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5152 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5153 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5154 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5155 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5156 return WP_IGNORE;
5157
5158 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5159 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5160
5161 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5162 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5163 if (within_current_scope)
5164 {
5165 struct symbol *function;
5166
5167 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5168 if (function == NULL
5169 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5170 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5171 within_current_scope = 0;
5172 }
5173
5174 if (within_current_scope)
5175 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5176 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5177 the user. */
5178 select_frame (fr);
5179 }
5180
5181 if (within_current_scope)
5182 {
5183 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5184 time before we return to the command level and call
5185 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5186 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5187
5188 int pc = 0;
5189 struct value *mark;
5190 struct value *new_val;
5191
5192 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5193 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5194 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5195 a mask watchpoint. */
5196 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5197
5198 mark = value_mark ();
5199 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5200
5201 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5202 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5203
5204 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5205 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5206 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5207 not what we want. */
5208 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5209 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5210 {
5211 if (new_val != NULL)
5212 {
5213 release_value (new_val);
5214 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5215 }
5216 bs->old_val = b->val;
5217 b->val = new_val;
5218 b->val_valid = 1;
5219 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5220 }
5221 else
5222 {
5223 /* Nothing changed. */
5224 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5225 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5226 }
5227 }
5228 else
5229 {
5230 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5231
5232 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5233 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5234 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5235 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5236 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5237 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5238 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5239 the first value assigned). */
5240 /* We print all the stop information in
5241 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5242 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5243 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5244 here. */
5245 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5246 ui_out_field_string
5247 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5248 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5249 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5250 ui_out_text (uiout,
5251 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5252 which its expression is valid.\n");
5253
5254 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5255 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5256 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5257
5258 return WP_DELETED;
5259 }
5260 }
5261
5262 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5263 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5264 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5265
5266 static int
5267 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5268 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5269 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5270 {
5271 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5272
5273 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5274 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5275
5276 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5277 }
5278
5279 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5280 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5281
5282 static void
5283 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5284 {
5285 const struct bp_location *bl;
5286 struct watchpoint *b;
5287
5288 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5289 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5290 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5291 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5292 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5293
5294 {
5295 int must_check_value = 0;
5296
5297 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5298 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5299 watched value. */
5300 must_check_value = 1;
5301 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5302 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5303 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5304 this watchpoint. */
5305 must_check_value = 1;
5306 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5307 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5308 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5309 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5310 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5311 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5312 must_check_value = 1;
5313
5314 if (must_check_value)
5315 {
5316 char *message
5317 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5318 b->base.number);
5319 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5320 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5321 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5322 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5323 switch (e)
5324 {
5325 case WP_DELETED:
5326 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5327 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5328 /* Stop. */
5329 break;
5330 case WP_IGNORE:
5331 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5332 bs->stop = 0;
5333 break;
5334 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5335 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5336 {
5337 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5338
5339 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5340 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5341 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5342 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5343 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5344 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5345 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5346 old value.
5347
5348 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5349 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5350 happen:
5351
5352 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5353 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5354 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5355 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5356
5357 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5358 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5359 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5360 watchpoint.
5361
5362 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5363 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5364 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5365 changes. This still gives false positives when
5366 the program writes the same value to memory as
5367 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5368 it for a read), but it's much better than
5369 nothing. */
5370
5371 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5372
5373 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5374 {
5375 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5376
5377 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5378 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5379 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5380 {
5381 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5382 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5383
5384 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5385 == watch_triggered_yes)
5386 {
5387 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5388 break;
5389 }
5390 }
5391 }
5392
5393 if (other_write_watchpoint
5394 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5395 {
5396 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5397 and the value changed since the last time we
5398 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5399 Ignore it. */
5400 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5401 bs->stop = 0;
5402 }
5403 }
5404 break;
5405 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5406 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5407 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5408 {
5409 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5410 the value hasn't changed. */
5411 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5412 bs->stop = 0;
5413 }
5414 /* Stop. */
5415 break;
5416 default:
5417 /* Can't happen. */
5418 case 0:
5419 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5420 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5421 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5422 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5423 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5424 break;
5425 }
5426 }
5427 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5428 {
5429 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5430 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5431 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5432 anything for this watchpoint. */
5433 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5434 bs->stop = 0;
5435 }
5436 }
5437 }
5438
5439 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5440 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5441 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5442 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5443
5444 static void
5445 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5446 {
5447 const struct bp_location *bl;
5448 struct breakpoint *b;
5449 int value_is_zero = 0;
5450 struct expression *cond;
5451
5452 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5453
5454 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5455 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5456 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5457 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5458 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5459
5460 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5461 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5462 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5463
5464 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5465 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5466 {
5467 bs->stop = 0;
5468 return;
5469 }
5470
5471 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5472 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5473 thread/task. */
5474 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5475 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5476
5477 {
5478 bs->stop = 0;
5479 return;
5480 }
5481
5482 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5483 implemented. */
5484 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5485
5486 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5487 {
5488 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5489
5490 cond = w->cond_exp;
5491 }
5492 else
5493 cond = bl->cond;
5494
5495 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5496 {
5497 int within_current_scope = 1;
5498 struct watchpoint * w;
5499
5500 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5501 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5502 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5503 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5504 function call. */
5505 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5506
5507 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5508 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5509 else
5510 w = NULL;
5511
5512 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5513 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5514 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5515 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5516 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5517 call site. */
5518 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5519 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5520 else
5521 {
5522 struct frame_info *frame;
5523
5524 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5525 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5526 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5527 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5528 really matter which instantiation of the function
5529 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5530 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5531 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5532 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5533 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5534 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5535 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5536 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5537 intuitive. */
5538 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5539 if (frame != NULL)
5540 select_frame (frame);
5541 else
5542 within_current_scope = 0;
5543 }
5544 if (within_current_scope)
5545 value_is_zero
5546 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5547 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5548 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5549 else
5550 {
5551 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5552 "in the current scope"));
5553 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5554 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5555 value_is_zero = 0;
5556 }
5557 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5558 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5559 }
5560
5561 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5562 {
5563 bs->stop = 0;
5564 }
5565 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5566 {
5567 b->ignore_count--;
5568 bs->stop = 0;
5569 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5570 ++(b->hit_count);
5571 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5572 }
5573 }
5574
5575 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5576 on the current target. */
5577
5578 static int
5579 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5580 {
5581 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5582 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5583 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5584 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5585 }
5586
5587
5588 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5589 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5590
5591 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5592 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5593 that:
5594
5595 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5596
5597 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5598
5599 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5600 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5601 several reasons concurrently.)
5602
5603 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5604 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5605
5606 bpstat
5607 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5608 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5609 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5610 {
5611 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5612 struct bp_location *bl;
5613 struct bp_location *loc;
5614 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5615 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5616 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5617 bpstat bs;
5618 int ix;
5619 int need_remove_insert;
5620 int removed_any;
5621
5622 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5623 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5624 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5625 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5626 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5627 inferior function calls. */
5628
5629 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5630 {
5631 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5632 continue;
5633
5634 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5635 {
5636 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5637 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5638 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5639 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5640 checked all locations already. */
5641 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5642 break;
5643
5644 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5645 continue;
5646
5647 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5648 continue;
5649
5650 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5651 matches. */
5652
5653 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5654 explain stop. */
5655
5656 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5657 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5658 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5659 bs->stop = 1;
5660 bs->print = 1;
5661
5662 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5663 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5664 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5665 iteration. */
5666 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5667 {
5668 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5669
5670 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5671 }
5672 }
5673 }
5674
5675 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5676 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5677 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5678 {
5679 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5680 {
5681 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5682 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5683 {
5684 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5685 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5686 bs->stop = 0;
5687 bs->print = 0;
5688 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5689 }
5690 }
5691 }
5692
5693 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5694 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5695 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5696 "catch unload". */
5697 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5698 {
5699 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5700 {
5701 handle_solib_event ();
5702 break;
5703 }
5704 }
5705
5706 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5707 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5708 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5709
5710 removed_any = 0;
5711
5712 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5713 {
5714 if (!bs->stop)
5715 continue;
5716
5717 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5718 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5719 if (bs->stop)
5720 {
5721 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5722
5723 if (bs->stop)
5724 {
5725 ++(b->hit_count);
5726 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5727
5728 /* We will stop here. */
5729 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5730 {
5731 --(b->enable_count);
5732 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5733 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5734 removed_any = 1;
5735 }
5736 if (b->silent)
5737 bs->print = 0;
5738 bs->commands = b->commands;
5739 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5740 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5741 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5742 bs->print = 0;
5743
5744 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5745 }
5746
5747 }
5748
5749 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5750 print. */
5751 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5752 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5753 }
5754
5755 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5756 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5757 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5758 done later. */
5759 need_remove_insert = 0;
5760 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5761 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5762 if (!bs->stop
5763 && bs->breakpoint_at
5764 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5765 {
5766 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5767
5768 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5769 need_remove_insert = 1;
5770 }
5771
5772 if (need_remove_insert)
5773 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5774 else if (removed_any)
5775 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5776
5777 return bs_head;
5778 }
5779
5780 static void
5781 handle_jit_event (void)
5782 {
5783 struct frame_info *frame;
5784 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5785
5786 if (debug_infrun)
5787 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5788
5789 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5790 breakpoint_re_set. */
5791 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5792
5793 frame = get_current_frame ();
5794 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5795
5796 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5797
5798 target_terminal_inferior ();
5799 }
5800
5801 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5802
5803 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5804
5805 struct bpstat_what
5806 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5807 {
5808 struct bpstat_what retval;
5809 int jit_event = 0;
5810 bpstat bs;
5811
5812 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5813 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5814 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5815
5816 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5817 {
5818 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5819 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5820 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5821 enum bptype bptype;
5822
5823 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5824 {
5825 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5826 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5827 bptype = bp_none;
5828 }
5829 else
5830 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5831
5832 switch (bptype)
5833 {
5834 case bp_none:
5835 break;
5836 case bp_breakpoint:
5837 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5838 case bp_single_step:
5839 case bp_until:
5840 case bp_finish:
5841 case bp_shlib_event:
5842 if (bs->stop)
5843 {
5844 if (bs->print)
5845 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5846 else
5847 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5848 }
5849 else
5850 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5851 break;
5852 case bp_watchpoint:
5853 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5854 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5855 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5856 if (bs->stop)
5857 {
5858 if (bs->print)
5859 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5860 else
5861 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5862 }
5863 else
5864 {
5865 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5866 This requires no further action. */
5867 }
5868 break;
5869 case bp_longjmp:
5870 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5871 case bp_exception:
5872 if (bs->stop)
5873 {
5874 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5875 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5876 }
5877 else
5878 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5879 break;
5880 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5881 case bp_exception_resume:
5882 if (bs->stop)
5883 {
5884 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5885 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5886 }
5887 else
5888 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5889 break;
5890 case bp_step_resume:
5891 if (bs->stop)
5892 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5893 else
5894 {
5895 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5896 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5897 }
5898 break;
5899 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5900 if (bs->stop)
5901 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5902 else
5903 {
5904 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5905 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5906 }
5907 break;
5908 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5909 case bp_thread_event:
5910 case bp_overlay_event:
5911 case bp_longjmp_master:
5912 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5913 case bp_exception_master:
5914 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5915 break;
5916 case bp_catchpoint:
5917 if (bs->stop)
5918 {
5919 if (bs->print)
5920 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5921 else
5922 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5923 }
5924 else
5925 {
5926 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5927 This requires no further action. */
5928 }
5929 break;
5930 case bp_jit_event:
5931 jit_event = 1;
5932 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5933 break;
5934 case bp_call_dummy:
5935 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5936 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5937 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5938 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5939 break;
5940 case bp_std_terminate:
5941 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5942 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5943 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5944 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5945 break;
5946 case bp_tracepoint:
5947 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5948 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5949 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5950 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5951 out already. */
5952 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5953 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5954 break;
5955 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5956 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5957 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5958 break;
5959 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5960 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5961 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5962 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5963 break;
5964
5965 case bp_dprintf:
5966 if (bs->stop)
5967 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5968 else
5969 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5970 break;
5971
5972 default:
5973 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5974 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5975 }
5976
5977 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5978 }
5979
5980 return retval;
5981 }
5982
5983 void
5984 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5985 {
5986 bpstat bs;
5987
5988 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5989 {
5990 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5991
5992 if (b == NULL)
5993 continue;
5994 switch (b->type)
5995 {
5996 case bp_jit_event:
5997 handle_jit_event ();
5998 break;
5999 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6000 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
6001 break;
6002 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6003 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
6004 break;
6005 }
6006 }
6007 }
6008
6009 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6010 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6011 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6012
6013 int
6014 bpstat_should_step (void)
6015 {
6016 struct breakpoint *b;
6017
6018 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6019 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
6020 return 1;
6021 return 0;
6022 }
6023
6024 int
6025 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
6026 {
6027 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
6028 if (bs->stop)
6029 return 1;
6030
6031 return 0;
6032 }
6033
6034 \f
6035
6036 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6037 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6038 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6039
6040 static char *
6041 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
6042 {
6043 static char wrap_indent[80];
6044 int i, total_width, width, align;
6045 char *text;
6046
6047 total_width = 0;
6048 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
6049 {
6050 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
6051 {
6052 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
6053 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
6054 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
6055
6056 return wrap_indent;
6057 }
6058
6059 total_width += width + 1;
6060 }
6061
6062 return NULL;
6063 }
6064
6065 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6066 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6067
6068 "host": Host evals condition.
6069 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6070 "target": Target evals condition.
6071 */
6072
6073 static const char *
6074 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
6075 {
6076 struct bp_location *bl;
6077 char host_evals = 0;
6078 char target_evals = 0;
6079
6080 if (!b)
6081 return NULL;
6082
6083 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
6084 return NULL;
6085
6086 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6087 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6088 return condition_evaluation_host;
6089
6090 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6091 {
6092 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6093 target_evals++;
6094 else
6095 host_evals++;
6096 }
6097
6098 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6099 return condition_evaluation_both;
6100 else if (target_evals)
6101 return condition_evaluation_target;
6102 else
6103 return condition_evaluation_host;
6104 }
6105
6106 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6107 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6108
6109 static const char *
6110 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6111 {
6112 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6113 return NULL;
6114
6115 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6116 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6117 return condition_evaluation_host;
6118
6119 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6120 return condition_evaluation_target;
6121 else
6122 return condition_evaluation_host;
6123 }
6124
6125 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6126
6127 static void
6128 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6129 struct bp_location *loc)
6130 {
6131 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6132 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6133
6134 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6135 loc = NULL;
6136
6137 if (loc != NULL)
6138 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6139
6140 if (b->display_canonical)
6141 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what",
6142 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6143 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6144 {
6145 struct symbol *sym
6146 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6147 if (sym)
6148 {
6149 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6151 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6152 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6153 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6154 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6155 }
6156 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6157 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6158 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6159
6160 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6161 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6162 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6163
6164 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6165 }
6166 else if (loc)
6167 {
6168 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6169 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6170
6171 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6172 demangle, "");
6173 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6174
6175 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6176 }
6177 else
6178 {
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending",
6180 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6181 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6182 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6183 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6184 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && b->extra_string != NULL)
6185 {
6186 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, ",");
6188 else
6189 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6190 ui_out_text (uiout, b->extra_string);
6191 }
6192 }
6193
6194 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6195 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6196 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6197 {
6198 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6200 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6201 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6202 }
6203
6204 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6205 }
6206
6207 static const char *
6208 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6209 {
6210 struct ep_type_description
6211 {
6212 enum bptype type;
6213 char *description;
6214 };
6215 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6216 {
6217 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6218 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6219 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6220 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6221 {bp_until, "until"},
6222 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6223 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6224 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6225 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6226 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6227 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6228 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6229 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6230 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6231 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6232 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6233 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6234 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6235 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6236 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6237 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6238 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6239 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6240 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6241 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6242 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6243 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6244 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6245 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6246 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6247 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6248 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6249 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6250 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6251 };
6252
6253 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6254 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6255 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6256 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6257 (int) type);
6258
6259 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6260 }
6261
6262 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6263 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6264
6265 static void
6266 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6267 const char *field_name,
6268 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6269 int mi_only)
6270 {
6271 struct cleanup *back_to;
6272 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6273 int inf;
6274 int i;
6275
6276 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6277 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6278 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6279 return;
6280
6281 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6282
6283 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6284 {
6285 if (is_mi)
6286 {
6287 char mi_group[10];
6288
6289 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6290 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6291 }
6292 else
6293 {
6294 if (i == 0)
6295 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6296 else
6297 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6298
6299 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6300 }
6301 }
6302
6303 do_cleanups (back_to);
6304 }
6305
6306 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6307
6308 static void
6309 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6310 struct bp_location *loc,
6311 int loc_number,
6312 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6313 int allflag)
6314 {
6315 struct command_line *l;
6316 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6317
6318 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6319 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6320 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6321 struct value_print_options opts;
6322
6323 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6324
6325 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6326 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6327 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6328 if (loc == NULL
6329 && (b->loc != NULL
6330 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6331 header_of_multiple = 1;
6332 if (loc == NULL)
6333 loc = b->loc;
6334
6335 annotate_record ();
6336
6337 /* 1 */
6338 annotate_field (0);
6339 if (part_of_multiple)
6340 {
6341 char *formatted;
6342 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6343 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6344 xfree (formatted);
6345 }
6346 else
6347 {
6348 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6349 }
6350
6351 /* 2 */
6352 annotate_field (1);
6353 if (part_of_multiple)
6354 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6355 else
6356 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6357
6358 /* 3 */
6359 annotate_field (2);
6360 if (part_of_multiple)
6361 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6362 else
6363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6364
6365
6366 /* 4 */
6367 annotate_field (3);
6368 if (part_of_multiple)
6369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6370 else
6371 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6372 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6373 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6374
6375
6376 /* 5 and 6 */
6377 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6378 {
6379 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6380 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6381 make sure there's just one location. */
6382 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6383 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6384 }
6385 else
6386 switch (b->type)
6387 {
6388 case bp_none:
6389 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6390 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6391 break;
6392
6393 case bp_watchpoint:
6394 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6395 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6396 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6397 {
6398 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6399
6400 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6401 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6402 is relatively readable). */
6403 if (opts.addressprint)
6404 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6405 annotate_field (5);
6406 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6407 }
6408 break;
6409
6410 case bp_breakpoint:
6411 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6412 case bp_single_step:
6413 case bp_until:
6414 case bp_finish:
6415 case bp_longjmp:
6416 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6417 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6418 case bp_exception:
6419 case bp_exception_resume:
6420 case bp_step_resume:
6421 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6422 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6423 case bp_call_dummy:
6424 case bp_std_terminate:
6425 case bp_shlib_event:
6426 case bp_thread_event:
6427 case bp_overlay_event:
6428 case bp_longjmp_master:
6429 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6430 case bp_exception_master:
6431 case bp_tracepoint:
6432 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6433 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6434 case bp_dprintf:
6435 case bp_jit_event:
6436 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6437 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6438 if (opts.addressprint)
6439 {
6440 annotate_field (4);
6441 if (header_of_multiple)
6442 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6443 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6444 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6445 else
6446 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6447 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6448 }
6449 annotate_field (5);
6450 if (!header_of_multiple)
6451 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6452 if (b->loc)
6453 *last_loc = b->loc;
6454 break;
6455 }
6456
6457
6458 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6459 {
6460 struct inferior *inf;
6461 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6462 int mi_only = 1;
6463
6464 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6465 {
6466 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6467 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6468 }
6469
6470 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6471 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6472 if (allflag
6473 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6474 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6475 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6476 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6477 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6478 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6479 mi_only = 0;
6480 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6481 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6482 }
6483
6484 if (!part_of_multiple)
6485 {
6486 if (b->thread != -1)
6487 {
6488 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6489 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6490 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6491 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6492 }
6493 else if (b->task != 0)
6494 {
6495 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6496 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6497 }
6498 }
6499
6500 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6501
6502 if (!part_of_multiple)
6503 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6504
6505 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6506 {
6507 annotate_field (6);
6508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6509 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6510 the frame ID. */
6511 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6512 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6514 }
6515
6516 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6517 {
6518 annotate_field (7);
6519 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6521 else
6522 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6523 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6524
6525 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6526 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6527 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6528 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6529 == condition_evaluation_target)
6530 {
6531 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6532 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6533 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6534 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6535 }
6536 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6537 }
6538
6539 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6540 {
6541 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6542 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6544 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6545 else
6546 {
6547 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6548
6549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6550 }
6551 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6552 }
6553
6554 if (!part_of_multiple)
6555 {
6556 if (b->hit_count)
6557 {
6558 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6559 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6560 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6561 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6562 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6563 else
6564 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6565 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6566 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6567 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6568 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6569 else
6570 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6571 }
6572 else
6573 {
6574 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6575 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6576 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6577 }
6578 }
6579
6580 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6581 {
6582 annotate_field (8);
6583 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6584 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6585 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6586 }
6587
6588 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6589 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6590 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6591 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6592 {
6593 annotate_field (8);
6594 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6595 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6596 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6597 if (b->ignore_count)
6598 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6599 else
6600 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6601 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6602 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6603 }
6604
6605 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6606 {
6607 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6608
6609 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6610 {
6611 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6612 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6613 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6614 }
6615 }
6616
6617 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6618 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6619 {
6620 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6621
6622 annotate_field (9);
6623 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6624 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6625 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6626 }
6627
6628 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6629 {
6630 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6631
6632 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6633 {
6634 annotate_field (10);
6635 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6636 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6637 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6638 }
6639
6640 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6641 pending. */
6642 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6643 {
6644 annotate_field (11);
6645
6646 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6648 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6649 else
6650 {
6651 if (loc->inserted)
6652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6653 else
6654 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6655 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6656 }
6657 }
6658 }
6659
6660 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6661 {
6662 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6663 {
6664 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6665
6666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6667 }
6668 else if (b->location != NULL
6669 && event_location_to_string (b->location) != NULL)
6670 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location",
6671 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6672 }
6673 }
6674
6675 static void
6676 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6677 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6678 int allflag)
6679 {
6680 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6681 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6682
6683 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6684
6685 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6686 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6687
6688 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6689 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6690 locations, if any. */
6691 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6692 {
6693 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6694 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6695 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6696 situation.
6697
6698 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6699 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6700 if (b->loc
6701 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6702 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6703 {
6704 struct bp_location *loc;
6705 int n = 1;
6706
6707 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6708 {
6709 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6710 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6711 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6712 do_cleanups (inner2);
6713 }
6714 }
6715 }
6716 }
6717
6718 static int
6719 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6720 {
6721 int print_address_bits = 0;
6722 struct bp_location *loc;
6723
6724 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6725 address to print. */
6726 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6727 return 0;
6728
6729 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6730 {
6731 int addr_bit;
6732
6733 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6734 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6735 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6736 }
6737
6738 return print_address_bits;
6739 }
6740
6741 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6742 {
6743 int bnum;
6744 };
6745
6746 static int
6747 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6748 {
6749 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args
6750 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *) data;
6751 struct breakpoint *b;
6752 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6753
6754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6755 {
6756 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6757 {
6758 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6759 return GDB_RC_OK;
6760 }
6761 }
6762 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6763 }
6764
6765 enum gdb_rc
6766 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6767 char **error_message)
6768 {
6769 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6770
6771 args.bnum = bnum;
6772 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6773 an error. */
6774 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6775 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6776 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6777 else
6778 return GDB_RC_OK;
6779 }
6780
6781 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6782 internal or momentary. */
6783
6784 int
6785 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6786 {
6787 return b->number > 0;
6788 }
6789
6790 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6791 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6792 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6793 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6794 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6795 breakpoints listed. */
6796
6797 static int
6798 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6799 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6800 {
6801 struct breakpoint *b;
6802 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6803 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6804 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6805 struct value_print_options opts;
6806 int print_address_bits = 0;
6807 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6808 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6809
6810 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6811
6812 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6813 required for address fields. */
6814 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6815 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6816 {
6817 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6818 if (filter && !filter (b))
6819 continue;
6820
6821 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6822 accept. Skip the others. */
6823 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6824 {
6825 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6826 continue;
6827 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6828 continue;
6829 }
6830
6831 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6832 {
6833 int addr_bit, type_len;
6834
6835 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6836 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6837 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6838
6839 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6840 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6841 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6842
6843 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6844 }
6845 }
6846
6847 if (opts.addressprint)
6848 bkpttbl_chain
6849 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6850 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6851 "BreakpointTable");
6852 else
6853 bkpttbl_chain
6854 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6855 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6856 "BreakpointTable");
6857
6858 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6859 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6860 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6861 annotate_field (0);
6862 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6863 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6864 annotate_field (1);
6865 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6866 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6867 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6868 annotate_field (2);
6869 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6870 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6871 annotate_field (3);
6872 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6873 if (opts.addressprint)
6874 {
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6876 annotate_field (4);
6877 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6878 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6879 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6880 else
6881 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6882 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6883 }
6884 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6885 annotate_field (5);
6886 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6887 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6889 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6890
6891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6892 {
6893 QUIT;
6894 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6895 if (filter && !filter (b))
6896 continue;
6897
6898 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6899 accept. Skip the others. */
6900
6901 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6902 {
6903 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6904 {
6905 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6906 continue;
6907 }
6908 else /* all others */
6909 {
6910 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6911 continue;
6912 }
6913 }
6914 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6915 allflag is set. */
6916 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6917 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6918 }
6919
6920 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6921
6922 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6923 {
6924 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6925 empty list. */
6926 if (!filter)
6927 {
6928 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6929 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6930 else
6931 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6932 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6933 args);
6934 }
6935 }
6936 else
6937 {
6938 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6939 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6940 }
6941
6942 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6943 there have been breakpoints? */
6944 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6945
6946 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6947 }
6948
6949 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6950 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6951
6952 static void
6953 default_collect_info (void)
6954 {
6955 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6956
6957 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6958 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6959 not wanted. */
6960 if (!*default_collect)
6961 return;
6962
6963 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6964 actions. */
6965 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6966 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6967 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6968 }
6969
6970 static void
6971 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6972 {
6973 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6974
6975 default_collect_info ();
6976 }
6977
6978 static void
6979 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6980 {
6981 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6982 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6983
6984 if (num_printed == 0)
6985 {
6986 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6987 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6988 else
6989 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6990 }
6991 }
6992
6993 static void
6994 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6995 {
6996 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6997
6998 default_collect_info ();
6999 }
7000
7001 static int
7002 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
7003 struct program_space *pspace,
7004 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
7005 {
7006 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
7007
7008 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
7009 {
7010 if (bl->pspace == pspace
7011 && bl->address == pc
7012 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
7013 return 1;
7014 }
7015 return 0;
7016 }
7017
7018 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7019 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7020 address spaces. */
7021
7022 static void
7023 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7024 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
7025 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
7026 {
7027 int others = 0;
7028 struct breakpoint *b;
7029
7030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7031 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
7032 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
7033 if (others > 0)
7034 {
7035 if (others == 1)
7036 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7037 else /* if (others == ???) */
7038 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7040 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
7041 {
7042 others--;
7043 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
7044 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
7045 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7046 else if (b->thread != -1)
7047 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
7048 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7049 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
7050 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7051 ? " (disabled)"
7052 : ""),
7053 (others > 1) ? ","
7054 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
7055 }
7056 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7057 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
7058 printf_filtered (".\n");
7059 }
7060 }
7061 \f
7062
7063 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7064 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7065 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7066 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7067
7068 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7069 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7070 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7071 breakpoint location at address zero:
7072
7073 bp_watchpoint
7074 bp_catchpoint
7075
7076 */
7077
7078 static int
7079 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7080 {
7081 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
7082
7083 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
7084 }
7085
7086 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7087 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7088
7089 static int
7090 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7091 struct bp_location *loc2)
7092 {
7093 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
7094 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
7095
7096 /* Both of them must exist. */
7097 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7098 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7099
7100 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7101 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7102 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7103 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7104 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7105 other watchpoint. */
7106 if ((w1->cond_exp
7107 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7108 loc1->length,
7109 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7110 w1->cond_exp))
7111 || (w2->cond_exp
7112 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7113 loc2->length,
7114 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7115 w2->cond_exp)))
7116 return 0;
7117
7118 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7119 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7120 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7121 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7122 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7123 become hw_access locations later. */
7124 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7125 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7126 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7127 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7128 }
7129
7130 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7131
7132 int
7133 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7134 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7135 {
7136 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7137 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7138 && addr1 == addr2);
7139 }
7140
7141 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7142 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7143 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7144 space doesn't really matter. */
7145
7146 static int
7147 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7148 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7149 CORE_ADDR addr2)
7150 {
7151 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7152 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7153 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7154 }
7155
7156 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7157 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7158 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7159 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7160
7161 static int
7162 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7163 struct address_space *aspace,
7164 CORE_ADDR addr)
7165 {
7166 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7167 aspace, addr)
7168 || (bl->length
7169 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7170 bl->address, bl->length,
7171 aspace, addr)));
7172 }
7173
7174 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7175 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7176 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7177 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7178 doesn't really matter. */
7179
7180 static int
7181 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
7182 struct address_space *aspace,
7183 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
7184 {
7185 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7186 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
7187 {
7188 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
7189
7190 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
7191 return 1;
7192 }
7193 return 0;
7194 }
7195
7196 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7197 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7198 true, otherwise returns false. */
7199
7200 static int
7201 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7202 struct bp_location *loc2)
7203 {
7204 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7205 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7206 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7207 different locations. */
7208 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7209 else
7210 return 0;
7211 }
7212
7213 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7214 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7215 represent the same location. */
7216
7217 static int
7218 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7219 struct bp_location *loc2)
7220 {
7221 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7222
7223 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7224 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7225 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7226
7227 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7228 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7229
7230 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7231 return 0;
7232 else if (hw_point1)
7233 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7234 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7235 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7236 else
7237 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7238 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7239 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7240 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7241 }
7242
7243 static void
7244 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7245 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7246 {
7247 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7248 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7249 char astr1[64];
7250 char astr2[64];
7251
7252 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7253 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7254 if (have_bnum)
7255 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7256 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7257 else
7258 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7259 }
7260
7261 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7262 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7263 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7264 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7265
7266 static CORE_ADDR
7267 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7268 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7269 {
7270 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7271 {
7272 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7273 return bpaddr;
7274 }
7275 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7276 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7277 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7278 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7279 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7280 {
7281 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7282 have their addresses modified. */
7283 return bpaddr;
7284 }
7285 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7286 {
7287 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7288 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7289 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7290 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7291 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7292 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7293 return bpaddr;
7294 }
7295 else
7296 {
7297 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7298
7299 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7300 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7301 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7302
7303 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7304 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7305 is required. */
7306 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7307 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7308
7309 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7310 }
7311 }
7312
7313 void
7314 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7315 struct breakpoint *owner)
7316 {
7317 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7318
7319 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7320
7321 loc->ops = ops;
7322 loc->owner = owner;
7323 loc->cond = NULL;
7324 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7325 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7326 loc->enabled = 1;
7327
7328 switch (owner->type)
7329 {
7330 case bp_breakpoint:
7331 case bp_single_step:
7332 case bp_until:
7333 case bp_finish:
7334 case bp_longjmp:
7335 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7336 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7337 case bp_exception:
7338 case bp_exception_resume:
7339 case bp_step_resume:
7340 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7341 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7342 case bp_call_dummy:
7343 case bp_std_terminate:
7344 case bp_shlib_event:
7345 case bp_thread_event:
7346 case bp_overlay_event:
7347 case bp_jit_event:
7348 case bp_longjmp_master:
7349 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7350 case bp_exception_master:
7351 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7352 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7353 case bp_dprintf:
7354 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7355 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7356 break;
7357 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7358 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7359 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7360 break;
7361 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7362 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7363 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7364 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7365 break;
7366 case bp_watchpoint:
7367 case bp_catchpoint:
7368 case bp_tracepoint:
7369 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7370 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7371 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7372 break;
7373 default:
7374 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7375 }
7376
7377 loc->refc = 1;
7378 }
7379
7380 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7381
7382 static struct bp_location *
7383 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7384 {
7385 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7386 }
7387
7388 static void
7389 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7390 {
7391 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7392 xfree (loc);
7393 }
7394
7395 /* Increment reference count. */
7396
7397 static void
7398 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7399 {
7400 ++bl->refc;
7401 }
7402
7403 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7404 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7405
7406 static void
7407 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7408 {
7409 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7410
7411 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7412 free_bp_location (*blp);
7413 *blp = NULL;
7414 }
7415
7416 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7417
7418 static void
7419 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7420 {
7421 struct breakpoint *b1;
7422
7423 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7424 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7425
7426 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7427 if (b1 == 0)
7428 breakpoint_chain = b;
7429 else
7430 {
7431 while (b1->next)
7432 b1 = b1->next;
7433 b1->next = b;
7434 }
7435 }
7436
7437 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7438
7439 static void
7440 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7441 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7442 enum bptype bptype,
7443 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7444 {
7445 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7446
7447 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7448
7449 b->ops = ops;
7450 b->type = bptype;
7451 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7452 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7453 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7454 b->thread = -1;
7455 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7456 b->next = 0;
7457 b->silent = 0;
7458 b->ignore_count = 0;
7459 b->commands = NULL;
7460 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7461 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7462 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7463 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7464 b->location = NULL;
7465 }
7466
7467 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7468 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7469
7470 static struct breakpoint *
7471 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7472 enum bptype bptype,
7473 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7474 {
7475 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7476
7477 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7478 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7479 return b;
7480 }
7481
7482 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7483 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7484 enough. */
7485
7486 static void
7487 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7488 {
7489 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7490
7491 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7492 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7493 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7494 {
7495 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7496 const char *function_name;
7497 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7498
7499 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7500 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7501
7502 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7503 {
7504 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7505
7506 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7507 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7508 &loc->requested_address))
7509 {
7510 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7511 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7512 loc->requested_address,
7513 b->type);
7514 }
7515 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7516 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7517 {
7518 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7519 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7520 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7521 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7522 breakpoint. */
7523 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7524 }
7525 }
7526
7527 if (function_name)
7528 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7529 }
7530 }
7531
7532 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7533 struct gdbarch *
7534 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7535 {
7536 if (sal.section)
7537 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7538 if (sal.symtab)
7539 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7540
7541 return NULL;
7542 }
7543
7544 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7545 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7546 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7547
7548 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7549 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7550 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7551
7552 static void
7553 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7554 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7555 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7556 {
7557 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7558
7559 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7560
7561 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7562 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7563
7564 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7565 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7566 program space. */
7567 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7568 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7569 }
7570
7571 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7572 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7573 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7574 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7575 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7576 is also returned as the value of this function.
7577
7578 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7579 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7580 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7581 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7582 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7583 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7584 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7585
7586 struct breakpoint *
7587 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7588 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7589 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7590 {
7591 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7592
7593 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7594 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7595 return b;
7596 }
7597
7598 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7599 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7600 initiated the operation. */
7601
7602 void
7603 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7604 {
7605 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7606 int thread = tp->global_num;
7607
7608 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7609 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7610 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7611 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7613 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7614 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7615 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7616 {
7617 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7618 struct breakpoint *clone;
7619
7620 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7621 after their removal. */
7622 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7623 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7624 clone->thread = thread;
7625 }
7626
7627 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7628 }
7629
7630 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7631 void
7632 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7633 {
7634 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7635
7636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7637 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7638 {
7639 if (b->thread == thread)
7640 delete_breakpoint (b);
7641 }
7642 }
7643
7644 void
7645 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7646 {
7647 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7648
7649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7650 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7651 {
7652 if (b->thread == thread)
7653 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7654 }
7655 }
7656
7657 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7658 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7659 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7660 breakpoints. */
7661
7662 struct breakpoint *
7663 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7664 {
7665 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7666
7667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7668 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7669 {
7670 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7671
7672 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7673 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7674 1);
7675 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7676
7677 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7678
7679 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7680 if (retval == NULL)
7681 retval = new_b;
7682 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7683 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7684 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7685 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7686 }
7687
7688 return retval;
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7692 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7693 stack.
7694
7695 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7696 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7697 frames. */
7698
7699 void
7700 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7701 {
7702 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7703
7704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7705 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7706 {
7707 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7708
7709 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7710 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7711 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7712 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7713 continue;
7714
7715 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7716
7717 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7718 {
7719 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7720 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7721 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7722 }
7723 delete_breakpoint (b);
7724 }
7725 }
7726
7727 void
7728 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7729 {
7730 struct breakpoint *b;
7731
7732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7733 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7734 {
7735 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7736 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7737 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7738 }
7739 }
7740
7741 void
7742 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7743 {
7744 struct breakpoint *b;
7745
7746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7747 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7748 {
7749 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7750 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7751 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7752 }
7753 }
7754
7755 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7756 master breakpoint. */
7757 void
7758 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7759 {
7760 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7761
7762 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7763 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7764 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7765 {
7766 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7767 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7768 }
7769 }
7770
7771 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7772 void
7773 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7774 {
7775 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7776
7777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7778 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7779 delete_breakpoint (b);
7780 }
7781
7782 struct breakpoint *
7783 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7784 {
7785 struct breakpoint *b;
7786
7787 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7788 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7789
7790 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7791 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7792 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7793
7794 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7795
7796 return b;
7797 }
7798
7799 struct lang_and_radix
7800 {
7801 enum language lang;
7802 int radix;
7803 };
7804
7805 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7806
7807 struct breakpoint *
7808 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7809 {
7810 struct breakpoint *b;
7811
7812 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7813 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7814 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7815 return b;
7816 }
7817
7818 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7819
7820 void
7821 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7822 {
7823 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7824
7825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7826 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7827 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7828 delete_breakpoint (b);
7829 }
7830
7831 void
7832 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7833 {
7834 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7835
7836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7837 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7838 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7839 delete_breakpoint (b);
7840 }
7841
7842 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7843
7844 void
7845 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7846 {
7847 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7848
7849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7850 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7851 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7852 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7853 }
7854
7855 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7856 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7857 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7858
7859 static struct breakpoint *
7860 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7861 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7862 {
7863 struct breakpoint *b;
7864
7865 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7866 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7867 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7868 return b;
7869 }
7870
7871 struct breakpoint *
7872 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7873 {
7874 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7875 }
7876
7877 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7878
7879 struct breakpoint *
7880 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7881 {
7882 struct breakpoint *b;
7883
7884 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7885 locations. */
7886 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7887 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7888 {
7889 delete_breakpoint (b);
7890 return NULL;
7891 }
7892 return b;
7893 }
7894
7895 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7896 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7897
7898 void
7899 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7900 {
7901 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7902
7903 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7904 {
7905 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7906 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7907
7908 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7909 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7910 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7911 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7912 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7913 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7914 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7915 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7916 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7917 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7918 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7919 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7920 )
7921 {
7922 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7923 }
7924 }
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7928 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7929 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7930
7931 static void
7932 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7933 {
7934 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7935 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7936
7937 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7938 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7939 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7940 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7941 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7942 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7943 return;
7944
7945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7946 {
7947 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7948 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7949
7950 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7951 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7952 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7953 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7954 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7955 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7956 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7957 || is_tracepoint (b))
7958 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7959 {
7960 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7961 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7962 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7963 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7964 loc->inserted = 0;
7965
7966 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7968
7969 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7970 {
7971 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7972 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7973 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7974 solib->so_name);
7975 }
7976 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7977 }
7978 }
7979 }
7980
7981 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7982 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7983 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7984
7985 static void
7986 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7987 {
7988 struct breakpoint *b;
7989
7990 if (objfile == NULL)
7991 return;
7992
7993 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7994 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7995 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7996 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7997 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7998 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7999 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
8000 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
8001 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
8002 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
8003 main objfile). */
8004 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
8005 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
8006 return;
8007
8008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8009 {
8010 struct bp_location *loc;
8011 int bp_modified = 0;
8012
8013 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
8014 continue;
8015
8016 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
8017 {
8018 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
8019
8020 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8021 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8022 continue;
8023
8024 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
8025 continue;
8026
8027 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
8028 continue;
8029
8030 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8031 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8032 continue;
8033
8034 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
8035 {
8036 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
8037 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8038 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8039 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8040 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8041 unmapped. */
8042
8043 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
8044
8045 bp_modified = 1;
8046 }
8047 }
8048
8049 if (bp_modified)
8050 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
8051 }
8052 }
8053
8054 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8055
8056 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8057 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8058 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8059 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8060 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8061
8062 struct fork_catchpoint
8063 {
8064 /* The base class. */
8065 struct breakpoint base;
8066
8067 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8068 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8069 catchpoint has triggered. */
8070 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
8071 };
8072
8073 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8074 catchpoints. */
8075
8076 static int
8077 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
8078 {
8079 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8080 }
8081
8082 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8083 catchpoints. */
8084
8085 static int
8086 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
8087 {
8088 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8089 }
8090
8091 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8092 catchpoints. */
8093
8094 static int
8095 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8096 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8097 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8098 {
8099 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8100
8101 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
8102 return 0;
8103
8104 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8105 return 1;
8106 }
8107
8108 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8109 catchpoints. */
8110
8111 static enum print_stop_action
8112 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8113 {
8114 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8115 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8116 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8117
8118 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8119 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8120 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8121 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8122 else
8123 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8124 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8125 {
8126 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8127 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8129 }
8130 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8131 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8132 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8133 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8134 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8135 }
8136
8137 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8138 catchpoints. */
8139
8140 static void
8141 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8142 {
8143 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8144 struct value_print_options opts;
8145 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8146
8147 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8148
8149 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8150 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8151 readable). */
8152 if (opts.addressprint)
8153 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8154 annotate_field (5);
8155 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8156 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8157 {
8158 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8159 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8160 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8161 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8162 }
8163
8164 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8165 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8166 }
8167
8168 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8169 catchpoints. */
8170
8171 static void
8172 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8173 {
8174 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8175 }
8176
8177 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8178 catchpoints. */
8179
8180 static void
8181 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8182 {
8183 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8184 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8185 }
8186
8187 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8188
8189 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8190
8191 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8192 catchpoints. */
8193
8194 static int
8195 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8196 {
8197 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8198 }
8199
8200 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8201 catchpoints. */
8202
8203 static int
8204 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8205 {
8206 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8207 }
8208
8209 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8210 catchpoints. */
8211
8212 static int
8213 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8214 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8215 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8216 {
8217 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8218
8219 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8220 return 0;
8221
8222 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8223 return 1;
8224 }
8225
8226 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8227 catchpoints. */
8228
8229 static enum print_stop_action
8230 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8231 {
8232 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8233 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8234 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8235
8236 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8237 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8238 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8239 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8240 else
8241 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8242 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8243 {
8244 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8245 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8247 }
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8249 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8250 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8251 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8253 }
8254
8255 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8256 catchpoints. */
8257
8258 static void
8259 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8260 {
8261 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8262 struct value_print_options opts;
8263 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8264
8265 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8268 readable). */
8269 if (opts.addressprint)
8270 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8271 annotate_field (5);
8272 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8273 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8274 {
8275 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8276 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8277 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8278 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8279 }
8280
8281 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8282 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8283 }
8284
8285 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8286 catchpoints. */
8287
8288 static void
8289 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8290 {
8291 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8292 }
8293
8294 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8295 catchpoints. */
8296
8297 static void
8298 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8299 {
8300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8301 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8302 }
8303
8304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8305
8306 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8307
8308 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8309 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8310 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8311 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8312 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8313
8314 struct solib_catchpoint
8315 {
8316 /* The base class. */
8317 struct breakpoint base;
8318
8319 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8320 unsigned char is_load;
8321
8322 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8323 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8324 char *regex;
8325 regex_t compiled;
8326 };
8327
8328 static void
8329 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8330 {
8331 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8332
8333 if (self->regex)
8334 regfree (&self->compiled);
8335 xfree (self->regex);
8336
8337 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8338 }
8339
8340 static int
8341 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8342 {
8343 return 0;
8344 }
8345
8346 static int
8347 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8348 {
8349 return 0;
8350 }
8351
8352 static int
8353 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8354 struct address_space *aspace,
8355 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8356 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8357 {
8358 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8359 struct breakpoint *other;
8360
8361 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8362 return 1;
8363
8364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8365 {
8366 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8367
8368 if (other == bl->owner)
8369 continue;
8370
8371 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8372 continue;
8373
8374 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8375 continue;
8376
8377 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8378 {
8379 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8380 return 1;
8381 }
8382 }
8383
8384 return 0;
8385 }
8386
8387 static void
8388 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8389 {
8390 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8391 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8392 int ix;
8393
8394 if (self->is_load)
8395 {
8396 struct so_list *iter;
8397
8398 for (ix = 0;
8399 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8400 ix, iter);
8401 ++ix)
8402 {
8403 if (!self->regex
8404 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8405 return;
8406 }
8407 }
8408 else
8409 {
8410 char *iter;
8411
8412 for (ix = 0;
8413 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8414 ix, iter);
8415 ++ix)
8416 {
8417 if (!self->regex
8418 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8419 return;
8420 }
8421 }
8422
8423 bs->stop = 0;
8424 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8425 }
8426
8427 static enum print_stop_action
8428 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8429 {
8430 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8431 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8432
8433 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8434 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8435 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8436 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8437 else
8438 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8439 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8441 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8442 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8443 print_solib_event (1);
8444 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8445 }
8446
8447 static void
8448 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8449 {
8450 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8451 struct value_print_options opts;
8452 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8453 char *msg;
8454
8455 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8456 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8457 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8458 readable). */
8459 if (opts.addressprint)
8460 {
8461 annotate_field (4);
8462 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8463 }
8464
8465 annotate_field (5);
8466 if (self->is_load)
8467 {
8468 if (self->regex)
8469 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8470 else
8471 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8472 }
8473 else
8474 {
8475 if (self->regex)
8476 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8477 else
8478 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8479 }
8480 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8481 xfree (msg);
8482
8483 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8484 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8485 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8486 }
8487
8488 static void
8489 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8490 {
8491 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8492
8493 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8494 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8495 }
8496
8497 static void
8498 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8499 {
8500 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8501
8502 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8503 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8504 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8505 if (self->regex)
8506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8508 }
8509
8510 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8511
8512 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8513 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8514 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8515 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8516 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8517 created in an enabled state. */
8518
8519 void
8520 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8521 {
8522 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8523 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8524 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8525
8526 if (!arg)
8527 arg = "";
8528 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8529
8530 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8531 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8532
8533 if (*arg != '\0')
8534 {
8535 int errcode;
8536
8537 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8538 if (errcode != 0)
8539 {
8540 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8541
8542 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8543 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8544 }
8545 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8546 }
8547
8548 c->is_load = is_load;
8549 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8550 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8551
8552 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8553
8554 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8555 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8556 }
8557
8558 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8559 "catch unload". */
8560
8561 static void
8562 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8563 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8564 {
8565 int tempflag;
8566 const int enabled = 1;
8567
8568 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8569
8570 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8571 }
8572
8573 static void
8574 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8575 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8576 {
8577 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8578 }
8579
8580 static void
8581 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8582 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8583 {
8584 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8585 }
8586
8587 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8588 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8589 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8590 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8591
8592 void
8593 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8594 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8595 char *cond_string,
8596 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8597 {
8598 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8599
8600 init_sal (&sal);
8601 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8602
8603 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8604
8605 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8606 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8607 }
8608
8609 void
8610 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8611 {
8612 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8613 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8614 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8615 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8616 if (!internal)
8617 mention (b);
8618 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8619
8620 if (update_gll)
8621 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8622 }
8623
8624 static void
8625 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8626 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8627 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8628 {
8629 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8630
8631 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8632
8633 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8634
8635 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8636 }
8637
8638 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8639
8640 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8641 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8642 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8643 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8644 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8645
8646 struct exec_catchpoint
8647 {
8648 /* The base class. */
8649 struct breakpoint base;
8650
8651 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8652 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8653 triggered. */
8654 char *exec_pathname;
8655 };
8656
8657 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8658 catchpoints. */
8659
8660 static void
8661 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8662 {
8663 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8664
8665 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8666
8667 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8668 }
8669
8670 static int
8671 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8672 {
8673 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8674 }
8675
8676 static int
8677 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8678 {
8679 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8680 }
8681
8682 static int
8683 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8684 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8685 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8686 {
8687 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8688
8689 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8690 return 0;
8691
8692 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8693 return 1;
8694 }
8695
8696 static enum print_stop_action
8697 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8698 {
8699 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8700 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8701 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8702
8703 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8704 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8705 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8706 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8707 else
8708 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8709 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8710 {
8711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8712 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8714 }
8715 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8716 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8717 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8718 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8719
8720 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8721 }
8722
8723 static void
8724 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8725 {
8726 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8727 struct value_print_options opts;
8728 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8729
8730 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8731
8732 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8733 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8734 is relatively readable). */
8735 if (opts.addressprint)
8736 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8737 annotate_field (5);
8738 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8739 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8740 {
8741 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8743 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8744 }
8745
8746 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8747 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8748 }
8749
8750 static void
8751 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8752 {
8753 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8754 }
8755
8756 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8757 catchpoints. */
8758
8759 static void
8760 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8761 {
8762 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8763 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8764 }
8765
8766 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8767
8768 static int
8769 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8770 {
8771 int i = 0;
8772 struct breakpoint *b;
8773 struct bp_location *bl;
8774
8775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8776 {
8777 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8778 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8779 {
8780 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8781 one register. */
8782 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8783 }
8784 }
8785
8786 return i;
8787 }
8788
8789 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8790 watchpoint. */
8791
8792 static int
8793 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8794 {
8795 int i = 0;
8796 struct bp_location *bl;
8797
8798 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8799 return 0;
8800
8801 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8802 {
8803 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8804 one register. */
8805 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8806 }
8807
8808 return i;
8809 }
8810
8811 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8812 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8813 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8814 types _not_ TYPE. */
8815
8816 static int
8817 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8818 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8819 {
8820 int i = 0;
8821 struct breakpoint *b;
8822
8823 *other_type_used = 0;
8824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8825 {
8826 if (b == except)
8827 continue;
8828 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8829 continue;
8830
8831 if (b->type == type)
8832 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8833 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8834 *other_type_used = 1;
8835 }
8836
8837 return i;
8838 }
8839
8840 void
8841 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8842 {
8843 struct breakpoint *b;
8844
8845 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8846 {
8847 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8848 {
8849 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8850 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8851 }
8852 }
8853 }
8854
8855 void
8856 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8857 {
8858 struct breakpoint *b;
8859
8860 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8861 {
8862 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8863 {
8864 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8865 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8866 }
8867 }
8868 }
8869
8870 void
8871 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8872 {
8873 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8874 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8875 }
8876
8877 void
8878 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8879 {
8880 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8881 breakpoint_re_set ();
8882 }
8883
8884 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8885 locations. */
8886
8887 static struct breakpoint *
8888 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8889 {
8890 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8891
8892 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8893 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8894
8895 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8896 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8897
8898 b->thread = thread;
8899 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8900
8901 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8902
8903 return b;
8904 }
8905
8906 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8907 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8908 frame. */
8909
8910 struct breakpoint *
8911 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8912 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8913 {
8914 struct breakpoint *b;
8915
8916 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8917 tail-called one. */
8918 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8919
8920 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8921 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8922 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8923 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8924
8925 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8926 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8927 control. */
8928 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8929 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8930
8931 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8932
8933 return b;
8934 }
8935
8936 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8937 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8938 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8939
8940 static struct breakpoint *
8941 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8942 enum bptype type,
8943 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8944 int loc_enabled)
8945 {
8946 struct breakpoint *copy;
8947
8948 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8949 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8950 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8951
8952 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8953 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8954 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8955 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8956 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8957 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8958 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8959 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8960 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8961 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8962 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8963 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8964
8965 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8966 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8967 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8968
8969 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8970 return copy;
8971 }
8972
8973 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8974 ORIG is NULL. */
8975
8976 struct breakpoint *
8977 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8978 {
8979 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8980 if (orig == NULL)
8981 return NULL;
8982
8983 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8984 }
8985
8986 struct breakpoint *
8987 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8988 enum bptype type)
8989 {
8990 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8991
8992 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8993 sal.pc = pc;
8994 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8995 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8996
8997 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8998 }
8999 \f
9000
9001 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9002
9003 static void
9004 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9005 {
9006 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9007 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9008 return;
9009 printf_filtered ("\n");
9010 }
9011 \f
9012
9013 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9014
9015 static struct bp_location *
9016 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9017 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9018 {
9019 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9020 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9021 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9022
9023 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9024 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9025
9026 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9027 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9028 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9029 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9030 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9031 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9032 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9033 sal->pc, b->type);
9034
9035 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9036 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9037 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9038 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9039 ;
9040 loc->next = *tmp;
9041 *tmp = loc;
9042
9043 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9044 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9045 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9046 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9047 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9048 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9049 loc->section = sal->section;
9050 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9051 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9052 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9053
9054 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9055 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9056
9057 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9058 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9059 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9060 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9061 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9062 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9063 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9064 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9065 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9066 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9067 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9068 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9069 instruction.) */
9070 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9071 loc->permanent = 1;
9072
9073 return loc;
9074 }
9075 \f
9076
9077 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9078
9079 int
9080 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
9081 {
9082 int len;
9083 CORE_ADDR addr;
9084 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9085 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9086 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9087 int retval = 0;
9088
9089 addr = address;
9090 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9091
9092 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9093 if (bpoint == NULL)
9094 return 0;
9095
9096 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
9097
9098 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9099 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9100 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9101 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9102
9103 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
9104 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9105 retval = 1;
9106
9107 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9108
9109 return retval;
9110 }
9111
9112 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9113 return 0 otherwise. */
9114
9115 static int
9116 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9117 {
9118 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9119 int retval;
9120
9121 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9122
9123 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9124 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9125 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9126 memory. */
9127 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
9128 return 0;
9129
9130 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9131 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9132
9133 retval = program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
9134
9135 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9136
9137 return retval;
9138 }
9139
9140 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9141 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9142
9143 static void
9144 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9145 {
9146 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9147 char *printf_line = NULL;
9148
9149 if (!dprintf_args)
9150 return;
9151
9152 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9153
9154 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9155 insist on it. */
9156 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9157 ++dprintf_args;
9158 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9159
9160 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9161 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9162
9163 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9164 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9165 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9166 {
9167 if (!dprintf_function)
9168 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9169
9170 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9171 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9172 dprintf_function,
9173 dprintf_channel,
9174 dprintf_args);
9175 else
9176 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9177 dprintf_function,
9178 dprintf_args);
9179 }
9180 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9181 {
9182 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9183 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9184 else
9185 {
9186 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9187 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9188 }
9189 }
9190 else
9191 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9192 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9193
9194 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9195 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9196 {
9197 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line = XNEW (struct command_line);
9198
9199 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9200 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9201 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9202 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9203 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9204
9205 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9206 }
9207 }
9208
9209 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9210 current style settings. */
9211
9212 static void
9213 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9214 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9215 {
9216 struct breakpoint *b;
9217
9218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9219 {
9220 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9221 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9222 }
9223 }
9224
9225 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9226 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9227 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9228 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9229
9230 static void
9231 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9232 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9233 struct event_location *location,
9234 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9235 char *extra_string,
9236 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9237 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9238 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9239 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9240 int display_canonical)
9241 {
9242 int i;
9243
9244 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9245 {
9246 int target_resources_ok;
9247
9248 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9249 target_resources_ok =
9250 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9251 i + 1, 0);
9252 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9253 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9254 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9255 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9256 }
9257
9258 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9259
9260 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9261 {
9262 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9263 struct bp_location *loc;
9264
9265 if (from_tty)
9266 {
9267 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9268 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9269 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9270
9271 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9272 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9273 }
9274
9275 if (i == 0)
9276 {
9277 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9278 b->thread = thread;
9279 b->task = task;
9280
9281 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9282 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9283 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9284 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9285 b->disposition = disposition;
9286
9287 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9288 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9289
9290 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9291 {
9292 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9293 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9294
9295 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9296 {
9297 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9298 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9299 const char *p = &event_location_to_string (b->location)[3];
9300 const char *endp;
9301 char *marker_str;
9302
9303 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9304
9305 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9306
9307 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9308 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9309
9310 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9311 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9312 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9313 }
9314 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9315 {
9316 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9317 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9318
9319 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9320 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9321 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9322 }
9323 else
9324 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9325 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9326 }
9327
9328 loc = b->loc;
9329 }
9330 else
9331 {
9332 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9333 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9334 loc->inserted = 1;
9335 }
9336
9337 if (b->cond_string)
9338 {
9339 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9340
9341 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9342 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9343 if (*arg)
9344 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9345 }
9346
9347 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9348 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9349 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9350 {
9351 if (b->extra_string)
9352 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9353 else
9354 error (_("Format string required"));
9355 }
9356 else if (b->extra_string)
9357 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9358 }
9359
9360 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9361 if (location != NULL)
9362 b->location = location;
9363 else
9364 {
9365 const char *addr_string = NULL;
9366 int addr_string_len = 0;
9367
9368 if (location != NULL)
9369 addr_string = event_location_to_string (location);
9370 if (addr_string != NULL)
9371 addr_string_len = strlen (addr_string);
9372
9373 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address,
9374 addr_string, addr_string_len);
9375 }
9376 b->filter = filter;
9377 }
9378
9379 static void
9380 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9381 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9382 struct event_location *location,
9383 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9384 char *extra_string,
9385 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9386 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9387 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9388 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9389 int display_canonical)
9390 {
9391 struct breakpoint *b;
9392 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9393
9394 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9395 {
9396 struct tracepoint *t;
9397
9398 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9399 b = &t->base;
9400 }
9401 else
9402 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9403
9404 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9405
9406 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9407 sals, location,
9408 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9409 type, disposition,
9410 thread, task, ignore_count,
9411 ops, from_tty,
9412 enabled, internal, flags,
9413 display_canonical);
9414 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9415
9416 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9417 }
9418
9419 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9420 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9421 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9422 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9423 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9424 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9425 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9426 we take just a single condition string.
9427
9428 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9429 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9430 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9431 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9432 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9433
9434 static void
9435 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9436 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9437 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9438 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9439 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9440 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9441 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9442 {
9443 int i;
9444 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9445
9446 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9447 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9448
9449 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9450 {
9451 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9452 'break', without arguments. */
9453 struct event_location *location
9454 = (canonical->location != NULL
9455 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location) : NULL);
9456 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9457 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9458
9459 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9460 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9461 location,
9462 filter_string,
9463 cond_string, extra_string,
9464 type, disposition,
9465 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9466 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9467 canonical->special_display);
9468 discard_cleanups (inner);
9469 }
9470 }
9471
9472 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9473 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9474 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9475 linespec locations).
9476
9477 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9478 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9479
9480 static void
9481 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9482 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9483 {
9484 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9485
9486 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9487 {
9488 const char *address = get_linespec_location (location);
9489
9490 if (address == NULL)
9491 {
9492 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9493 breakpoint address. */
9494 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9495 {
9496 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9497 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9498 CORE_ADDR pc;
9499
9500 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9501 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9502
9503 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9504 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9505 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9506 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9507 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9508 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9509 pc = sal.pc;
9510 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9511
9512 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9513 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9514 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9515 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9516 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9517 sal.pc = pc;
9518 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9519
9520 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9521 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9522 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9523
9524 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9525 return;
9526 }
9527 else
9528 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9529 }
9530 }
9531
9532 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9533 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9534 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9535 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9536
9537 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9538 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9539 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9540 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9541 {
9542 const char *address = NULL;
9543
9544 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9545 address = get_linespec_location (location);
9546
9547 if (!cursal.symtab
9548 || (address != NULL
9549 && strchr ("+-", address[0]) != NULL
9550 && address[1] != '['))
9551 {
9552 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9553 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9554 get_last_displayed_line (),
9555 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9556 return;
9557 }
9558 }
9559
9560 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9561 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9562 }
9563
9564
9565 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9566 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9567
9568 static void
9569 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9570 {
9571 int i;
9572
9573 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9574 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9575 }
9576
9577 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9578 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9579 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9580 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9581 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9582 it, etc. */
9583
9584 static void
9585 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9586 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9587 {
9588 int i, rslt;
9589 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9590 char *msg;
9591 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9592
9593 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9594 {
9595 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9596
9597 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9598
9599 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9600 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9601 associated with SAL. */
9602 if (sarch == NULL)
9603 sarch = gdbarch;
9604 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc, &msg);
9605 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9606
9607 if (!rslt)
9608 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9609 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9610
9611 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9612 }
9613 }
9614
9615 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9616 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9617 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9618 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9619 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9620 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9621
9622 static void
9623 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9624 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9625 char **rest)
9626 {
9627 *cond_string = NULL;
9628 *thread = -1;
9629 *task = 0;
9630 *rest = NULL;
9631
9632 while (tok && *tok)
9633 {
9634 const char *end_tok;
9635 int toklen;
9636 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9637 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9638
9639 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9640
9641 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9642 {
9643 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9644 return;
9645 }
9646
9647 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9648
9649 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9650
9651 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9652 {
9653 struct expression *expr;
9654
9655 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9656 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9657 xfree (expr);
9658 cond_end = tok;
9659 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9660 }
9661 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9662 {
9663 const char *tmptok;
9664 struct thread_info *thr;
9665
9666 tok = end_tok + 1;
9667 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9668 if (tok == tmptok)
9669 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9670 *thread = thr->global_num;
9671 tok = tmptok;
9672 }
9673 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9674 {
9675 char *tmptok;
9676
9677 tok = end_tok + 1;
9678 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9679 if (tok == tmptok)
9680 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9681 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9682 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9683 tok = tmptok;
9684 }
9685 else if (rest)
9686 {
9687 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9688 return;
9689 }
9690 else
9691 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9692 }
9693 }
9694
9695 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9696
9697 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9698 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9699 {
9700 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9701 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9702 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9703 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9704 const char *endp;
9705 char *marker_str;
9706 int i;
9707
9708 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9709
9710 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9711
9712 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9713 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9714
9715 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9716 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9717 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9718
9719 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9720 sals.sals = XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line, sals.nelts);
9721
9722 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9723 {
9724 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9725
9726 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9727
9728 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9729
9730 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9731 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9732
9733 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9734 }
9735
9736 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9737
9738 *arg_p = endp;
9739 return sals;
9740 }
9741
9742 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9743
9744 int
9745 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9746 const struct event_location *location, char *cond_string,
9747 int thread, char *extra_string,
9748 int parse_extra,
9749 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9750 int ignore_count,
9751 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9752 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9753 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9754 unsigned flags)
9755 {
9756 struct linespec_result canonical;
9757 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9758 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9759 int pending = 0;
9760 int task = 0;
9761 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9762
9763 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9764
9765 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9766 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9767 extra_string = NULL;
9768
9769 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9770
9771 TRY
9772 {
9773 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9774 }
9775 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9776 {
9777 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9778 value. */
9779 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9780 {
9781 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9782 error. */
9783
9784 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9785 throw_exception (e);
9786
9787 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9788
9789 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9790 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9791 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9792 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9793 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9794 return 0;
9795
9796 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9797 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9798 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9799 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9800 pending = 1;
9801 }
9802 else
9803 throw_exception (e);
9804 }
9805 END_CATCH
9806
9807 if (!pending && VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9808 return 0;
9809
9810 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9811 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9812
9813 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9814 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9815 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9816 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9817 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9818
9819 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9820 are ok for the target. */
9821 if (!pending)
9822 {
9823 int ix;
9824 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9825
9826 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9827 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9828 }
9829
9830 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9831 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9832 {
9833 int ix;
9834 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9835
9836 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9837 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9838 }
9839
9840 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9841 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9842 breakpoint. */
9843 if (!pending)
9844 {
9845 if (parse_extra)
9846 {
9847 char *rest;
9848 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9849
9850 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9851
9852 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9853 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9854 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9855 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9856
9857 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc,
9858 &cond_string, &thread, &task, &rest);
9859 if (cond_string)
9860 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9861 if (rest)
9862 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9863 if (rest)
9864 extra_string = rest;
9865 else
9866 extra_string = NULL;
9867 }
9868 else
9869 {
9870 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9871 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9872 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9873
9874 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9875 if (cond_string)
9876 {
9877 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9878 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9879 }
9880 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9881 if (extra_string)
9882 {
9883 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9884 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9885 }
9886 }
9887
9888 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9889 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9890 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9891 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9892 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9893 }
9894 else
9895 {
9896 struct breakpoint *b;
9897
9898 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9899 {
9900 struct tracepoint *t;
9901
9902 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9903 b = &t->base;
9904 }
9905 else
9906 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9907
9908 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9909 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9910
9911 if (parse_extra)
9912 b->cond_string = NULL;
9913 else
9914 {
9915 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9916 if (cond_string)
9917 {
9918 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9919 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9920 }
9921 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9922 b->thread = thread;
9923 }
9924
9925 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9926 if (extra_string != NULL)
9927 {
9928 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9929 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9930 }
9931 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9932 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9933 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9934 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9935 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9936 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9937 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9938 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9939
9940 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9941 }
9942
9943 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9944 {
9945 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9946 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9947 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9948 }
9949
9950 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9951 breakpoint. */
9952 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9953 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9954 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9955
9956 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9957 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9958
9959 return 1;
9960 }
9961
9962 /* Set a breakpoint.
9963 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9964 condition, and thread.
9965 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9966 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9967 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9968
9969 static void
9970 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9971 {
9972 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9973 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9974 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9975 : bp_breakpoint);
9976 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9977 struct event_location *location;
9978 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9979
9980 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9981 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9982
9983 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9984 if (location != NULL
9985 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9986 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9987 else
9988 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9989
9990 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9991 location,
9992 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9993 tempflag, type_wanted,
9994 0 /* Ignore count */,
9995 pending_break_support,
9996 ops,
9997 from_tty,
9998 1 /* enabled */,
9999 0 /* internal */,
10000 0);
10001 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10002 }
10003
10004 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10005
10006 void
10007 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10008 {
10009 CORE_ADDR pc;
10010
10011 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10012 {
10013 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10014 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10015 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10016 sal->pc = pc;
10017
10018 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10019 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10020 if (sal->explicit_line)
10021 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10022 }
10023
10024 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10025 {
10026 const struct blockvector *bv;
10027 const struct block *b;
10028 struct symbol *sym;
10029
10030 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10031 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10032 if (bv != NULL)
10033 {
10034 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10035 if (sym != NULL)
10036 {
10037 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10038 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10039 sym);
10040 }
10041 else
10042 {
10043 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10044 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10045 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10046 happen in assembly source). */
10047
10048 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10049 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10050
10051 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10052
10053 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10054 if (msym.minsym)
10055 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10056
10057 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10058 }
10059 }
10060 }
10061 }
10062
10063 void
10064 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10065 {
10066 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10067 }
10068
10069 void
10070 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10071 {
10072 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10073 }
10074
10075 static void
10076 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10077 {
10078 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10079 }
10080
10081 static void
10082 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10083 {
10084 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10085 }
10086
10087 static void
10088 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10089 {
10090 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10091 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10092 stop at <line>\n"));
10093 }
10094
10095 static void
10096 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10097 {
10098 int badInput = 0;
10099
10100 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10101 badInput = 1;
10102 else if (*arg != '*')
10103 {
10104 char *argptr = arg;
10105 int hasColon = 0;
10106
10107 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10108 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10109 function/method name. */
10110 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10111 {
10112 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10113 argptr++;
10114 }
10115
10116 if (hasColon)
10117 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10118 else
10119 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10120 }
10121
10122 if (badInput)
10123 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10124 else
10125 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10126 }
10127
10128 static void
10129 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10130 {
10131 int badInput = 0;
10132
10133 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10134 badInput = 1;
10135 else
10136 {
10137 char *argptr = arg;
10138 int hasColon = 0;
10139
10140 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10141 it is probably a line number. */
10142 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10143 {
10144 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10145 argptr++;
10146 }
10147
10148 if (hasColon)
10149 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10150 else
10151 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10152 }
10153
10154 if (badInput)
10155 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10156 else
10157 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10158 }
10159
10160 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10161 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10162 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10163 line. */
10164
10165 static void
10166 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10167 {
10168 struct event_location *location;
10169 struct cleanup *cleanup;
10170
10171 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10172 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
10173
10174 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10175 the next character must be ','. */
10176 if (arg != NULL)
10177 {
10178 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
10179 error (_("Format string required"));
10180 else
10181 {
10182 /* Skip the comma. */
10183 ++arg;
10184 }
10185 }
10186
10187 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10188 location,
10189 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
10190 0, bp_dprintf,
10191 0 /* Ignore count */,
10192 pending_break_support,
10193 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10194 from_tty,
10195 1 /* enabled */,
10196 0 /* internal */,
10197 0);
10198 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10199 }
10200
10201 static void
10202 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10203 {
10204 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10205 }
10206
10207 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10208 ranged breakpoints. */
10209
10210 static int
10211 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10212 struct address_space *aspace,
10213 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10214 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10215 {
10216 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10217 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10218 return 0;
10219
10220 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10221 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10222 }
10223
10224 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10225 ranged breakpoints. */
10226
10227 static int
10228 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10229 {
10230 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10231 }
10232
10233 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10234 ranged breakpoints. */
10235
10236 static enum print_stop_action
10237 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10238 {
10239 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10240 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10241 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10242
10243 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10244
10245 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10246 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10247
10248 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10249
10250 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10251
10252 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10253 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10254 else
10255 ui_out_text (uiout, "Ranged breakpoint ");
10256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10257 {
10258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10259 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10260 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10261 }
10262 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10263 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10264
10265 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10266 }
10267
10268 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10269 ranged breakpoints. */
10270
10271 static void
10272 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10273 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10274 {
10275 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10276 struct value_print_options opts;
10277 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10278
10279 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10280 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10281
10282 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10283
10284 if (opts.addressprint)
10285 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10286 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10287 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10288 annotate_field (5);
10289 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10290 *last_loc = bl;
10291 }
10292
10293 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10294 ranged breakpoints. */
10295
10296 static void
10297 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10298 struct ui_out *uiout)
10299 {
10300 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10301 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10302 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10303 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10304
10305 gdb_assert (bl);
10306
10307 address_start = bl->address;
10308 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10309
10310 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10311 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10312 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10313 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10314 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10315 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10316
10317 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10318 }
10319
10320 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10321 ranged breakpoints. */
10322
10323 static void
10324 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10325 {
10326 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10327 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10328
10329 gdb_assert (bl);
10330 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10331
10332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10333 return;
10334
10335 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10336 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10337 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10338 }
10339
10340 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10341 ranged breakpoints. */
10342
10343 static void
10344 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10345 {
10346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
10347 event_location_to_string (b->location),
10348 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end));
10349 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10350 }
10351
10352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10353
10354 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10355
10356 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10357 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10358 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10359 last instruction of the given line. */
10360
10361 static CORE_ADDR
10362 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10363 {
10364 CORE_ADDR end;
10365
10366 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10367 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10368 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10369 end = sal.pc;
10370 else
10371 {
10372 int ret;
10373 CORE_ADDR start;
10374
10375 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10376 if (!ret)
10377 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10378
10379 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10380 end--;
10381 }
10382
10383 return end;
10384 }
10385
10386 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10387
10388 static void
10389 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10390 {
10391 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10392 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10393 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10394 CORE_ADDR end;
10395 struct breakpoint *b;
10396 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10397 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10398 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10399 struct event_location *start_location, *end_location;
10400
10401 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10402 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10403 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10404
10405 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10406 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10407 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10408 bp_count, 0);
10409 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10410 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10411
10412 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10413 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10414 error(_("No address range specified."));
10415
10416 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10417
10418 arg_start = arg;
10419 start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10420 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location);
10421 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location, &canonical_start);
10422 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10423
10424 if (arg[0] != ',')
10425 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10426 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10427 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10428
10429 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10430
10431 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10432 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10433 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10434
10435 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10436 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10437 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10438
10439 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10440 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10441
10442 /* Parse the end location. */
10443
10444 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10445 arg_start = arg;
10446
10447 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10448 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10449 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10450 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10451 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10452 end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10453 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location);
10454 decode_line_full (end_location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
10455 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10456 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10457
10458 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10459
10460 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10461 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10462
10463 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10464 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10465 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10466 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10467
10468 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10469
10470 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10471 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10472 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10473
10474 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10475 if (length < 0)
10476 /* Length overflowed. */
10477 error (_("Address range too large."));
10478 else if (length == 1)
10479 {
10480 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10481 the `hbreak' command. */
10482 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10483
10484 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10485
10486 return;
10487 }
10488
10489 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10490 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10491 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10492 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10493 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10494 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10495 b->location = copy_event_location (start_location);
10496 b->location_range_end = copy_event_location (end_location);
10497 b->loc->length = length;
10498
10499 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10500
10501 mention (b);
10502 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10503 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10504 }
10505
10506 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10507 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10508 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10509 zero. */
10510
10511 static int
10512 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10513 {
10514 int i = exp->nelts;
10515
10516 while (i > 0)
10517 {
10518 int oplenp, argsp;
10519
10520 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10521 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10522 i -= oplenp;
10523
10524 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10525 {
10526 case BINOP_ADD:
10527 case BINOP_SUB:
10528 case BINOP_MUL:
10529 case BINOP_DIV:
10530 case BINOP_REM:
10531 case BINOP_MOD:
10532 case BINOP_LSH:
10533 case BINOP_RSH:
10534 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10535 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10536 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10537 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10538 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10539 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10540 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10541 case BINOP_LESS:
10542 case BINOP_GTR:
10543 case BINOP_LEQ:
10544 case BINOP_GEQ:
10545 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10546 case BINOP_COMMA:
10547 case BINOP_EXP:
10548 case BINOP_MIN:
10549 case BINOP_MAX:
10550 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10551 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10552 case TERNOP_COND:
10553 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10554
10555 case OP_LONG:
10556 case OP_DOUBLE:
10557 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10558 case OP_LAST:
10559 case OP_COMPLEX:
10560 case OP_STRING:
10561 case OP_ARRAY:
10562 case OP_TYPE:
10563 case OP_TYPEOF:
10564 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10565 case OP_TYPEID:
10566 case OP_NAME:
10567 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10568
10569 case UNOP_NEG:
10570 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10571 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10572 case UNOP_ADDR:
10573 case UNOP_HIGH:
10574 case UNOP_CAST:
10575
10576 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10577 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10578 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10579 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10580 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10581 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10582 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10583
10584 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10585 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10586 ADDR is. */
10587 break;
10588
10589 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10590 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10591
10592 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10593 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10594 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10595 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10596
10597 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10598 are always constant. */
10599 {
10600 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10601
10602 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10603 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10604 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10605 return 0;
10606 break;
10607 }
10608
10609 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10610 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10611 then it is not a constant. */
10612 default:
10613 return 0;
10614 }
10615 }
10616
10617 return 1;
10618 }
10619
10620 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10621
10622 static void
10623 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10624 {
10625 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10626
10627 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10628 xfree (w->exp);
10629 xfree (w->exp_string);
10630 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10631 value_free (w->val);
10632
10633 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10634 }
10635
10636 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10637
10638 static void
10639 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10640 {
10641 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10642
10643 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10644 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10645
10646 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10647 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10648 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10649 are loaded and unloaded.
10650
10651 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10652 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10653 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10654 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10655 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10656 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10657
10658 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10659 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10660 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10661 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10662
10663 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10664 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10665
10666 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10667 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10668 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10669 }
10670
10671 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10672
10673 static int
10674 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10675 {
10676 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10677 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10678
10679 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10680 w->cond_exp);
10681 }
10682
10683 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10684
10685 static int
10686 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10687 {
10688 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10689 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10690
10691 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10692 w->cond_exp);
10693 }
10694
10695 static int
10696 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10697 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10698 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10699 {
10700 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10701 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10702
10703 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10704 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10705 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10706 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10707 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10708 (did not match the data address). */
10709 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10710 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10711 return 0;
10712
10713 return 1;
10714 }
10715
10716 static void
10717 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10718 {
10719 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10720
10721 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10722 }
10723
10724 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10725 hardware watchpoints. */
10726
10727 static int
10728 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10729 {
10730 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10731 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10732
10733 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10734 }
10735
10736 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10737 hardware watchpoints. */
10738
10739 static int
10740 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10741 {
10742 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10743 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10744 }
10745
10746 static enum print_stop_action
10747 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10748 {
10749 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10750 struct breakpoint *b;
10751 struct ui_file *stb;
10752 enum print_stop_action result;
10753 struct watchpoint *w;
10754 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10755
10756 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10757
10758 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10759 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10760
10761 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10762 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10763
10764 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10765 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10766
10767 switch (b->type)
10768 {
10769 case bp_watchpoint:
10770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10771 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10772 ui_out_field_string
10773 (uiout, "reason",
10774 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10775 mention (b);
10776 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10777 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10778 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10779 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10780 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10781 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10782 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10783 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10784 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10785 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10786 break;
10787
10788 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10790 ui_out_field_string
10791 (uiout, "reason",
10792 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10793 mention (b);
10794 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10795 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10796 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10797 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10798 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10799 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10800 break;
10801
10802 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10803 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10804 {
10805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10806 ui_out_field_string
10807 (uiout, "reason",
10808 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10809 mention (b);
10810 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10811 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10812 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10813 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10814 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10815 }
10816 else
10817 {
10818 mention (b);
10819 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10820 ui_out_field_string
10821 (uiout, "reason",
10822 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10823 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10824 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10825 }
10826 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10827 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10828 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10829 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10830 break;
10831 default:
10832 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10833 }
10834
10835 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10836 return result;
10837 }
10838
10839 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10840 watchpoints. */
10841
10842 static void
10843 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10844 {
10845 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10846 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10847 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10848
10849 switch (b->type)
10850 {
10851 case bp_watchpoint:
10852 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10853 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10854 break;
10855 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10856 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10857 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10858 break;
10859 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10860 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10861 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10862 break;
10863 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10864 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10865 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10866 break;
10867 default:
10868 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10869 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10870 }
10871
10872 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10873 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10874 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10875 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10876 }
10877
10878 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10879 watchpoints. */
10880
10881 static void
10882 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10883 {
10884 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10885
10886 switch (b->type)
10887 {
10888 case bp_watchpoint:
10889 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10890 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10891 break;
10892 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10894 break;
10895 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10897 break;
10898 default:
10899 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10900 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10901 }
10902
10903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10904 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10905 }
10906
10907 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10908 watchpoints. */
10909
10910 static int
10911 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10912 {
10913 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10914 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10915 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10916 return 0;
10917
10918 return 1;
10919 }
10920
10921 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10922
10923 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10924
10925 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10927
10928 static int
10929 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10930 {
10931 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10932
10933 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10934 bl->watchpoint_type);
10935 }
10936
10937 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10938 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10939
10940 static int
10941 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10942 {
10943 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10944
10945 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10946 bl->watchpoint_type);
10947 }
10948
10949 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10950 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10951
10952 static int
10953 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10954 {
10955 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10956
10957 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10958 }
10959
10960 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10961 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10962
10963 static int
10964 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10965 {
10966 return 0;
10967 }
10968
10969 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10970 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10971
10972 static enum print_stop_action
10973 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10974 {
10975 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10976 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10977
10978 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10979 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10980
10981 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10982 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10983
10984 switch (b->type)
10985 {
10986 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10988 ui_out_field_string
10989 (uiout, "reason",
10990 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10991 break;
10992
10993 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10995 ui_out_field_string
10996 (uiout, "reason",
10997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10998 break;
10999
11000 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11002 ui_out_field_string
11003 (uiout, "reason",
11004 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11005 break;
11006 default:
11007 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11008 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11009 }
11010
11011 mention (b);
11012 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11013 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11014 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11016
11017 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11018 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11019 }
11020
11021 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11022 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11023
11024 static void
11025 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11026 struct ui_out *uiout)
11027 {
11028 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11029
11030 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11031 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11032
11033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11034 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11036 }
11037
11038 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11039 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11040
11041 static void
11042 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11043 {
11044 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11045 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11046 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11047
11048 switch (b->type)
11049 {
11050 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11051 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11052 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11053 break;
11054 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11055 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11056 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11057 break;
11058 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11059 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11060 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11061 break;
11062 default:
11063 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11064 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11065 }
11066
11067 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11068 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11069 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11070 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11071 }
11072
11073 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11074 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11075
11076 static void
11077 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11078 {
11079 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11080 char tmp[40];
11081
11082 switch (b->type)
11083 {
11084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11086 break;
11087 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11089 break;
11090 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11092 break;
11093 default:
11094 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11095 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11096 }
11097
11098 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11100 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11101 }
11102
11103 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11104
11105 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11106
11107 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11108
11109 static int
11110 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11111 {
11112 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11113 }
11114
11115 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11116 hw_read: watch read,
11117 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11118 static void
11119 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11120 int just_location, int internal)
11121 {
11122 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11123 struct expression *exp;
11124 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11125 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11126 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11127 struct frame_info *frame;
11128 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11129 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11130 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11131 int toklen = -1;
11132 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11133 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11134 enum bptype bp_type;
11135 int thread = -1;
11136 int pc = 0;
11137 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11138 the hardware watchpoint. */
11139 int use_mask = 0;
11140 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11141 struct watchpoint *w;
11142 char *expression;
11143 struct cleanup *back_to;
11144
11145 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11146 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11147 {
11148 const char *value_start;
11149
11150 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11151
11152 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11153 of the arguments string. */
11154 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11155 {
11156 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11157 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11158 tok--;
11159
11160 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11161 This is the value of the parameter. */
11162 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11163 tok--;
11164 value_start = tok + 1;
11165
11166 /* Skip whitespace. */
11167 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11168 tok--;
11169
11170 end_tok = tok;
11171
11172 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11173 This is the parameter itself. */
11174 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11175 tok--;
11176 tok++;
11177 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11178
11179 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
11180 {
11181 struct thread_info *thr;
11182 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11183 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11184 only in a specific thread. */
11185 const char *endp;
11186
11187 if (thread != -1)
11188 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11189
11190 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11191 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
11192
11193 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11194 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11195 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
11196
11197 thread = thr->global_num;
11198 }
11199 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
11200 {
11201 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11202 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11203 facility. */
11204 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11205
11206 if (use_mask)
11207 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11208
11209 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11210
11211 mark = value_mark ();
11212 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11213 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11214 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11215 }
11216 else
11217 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11218 break;
11219
11220 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11221 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11222 exp_end = tok;
11223 }
11224 }
11225 else
11226 exp_end = arg;
11227
11228 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11229 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11230 ARG. */
11231 innermost_block = NULL;
11232 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11233 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11234 exp_start = arg = expression;
11235 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11236 exp_end = arg;
11237 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11238 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11239 prettier. */
11240 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11241 --exp_end;
11242
11243 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11244 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11245 {
11246 int len;
11247
11248 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11249 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11250 len--;
11251 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11252 }
11253
11254 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11255 mark = value_mark ();
11256 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11257
11258 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11259 {
11260 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11261 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11262 }
11263
11264 if (just_location)
11265 {
11266 int ret;
11267
11268 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11269 val = value_addr (result);
11270 release_value (val);
11271 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11272
11273 if (use_mask)
11274 {
11275 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11276 mask);
11277 if (ret == -1)
11278 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11279 else if (ret == -2)
11280 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11281 }
11282 }
11283 else if (val != NULL)
11284 release_value (val);
11285
11286 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11287 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11288
11289 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11290 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11291 {
11292 struct expression *cond;
11293
11294 innermost_block = NULL;
11295 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11296 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11297
11298 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11299 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11300 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11301
11302 xfree (cond);
11303 cond_end = tok;
11304 }
11305 if (*tok)
11306 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11307
11308 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11309
11310 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11311 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11312 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11313 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11314 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11315 {
11316 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11317 {
11318 scope_breakpoint
11319 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11320 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11321 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11322 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11323
11324 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11325
11326 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11327 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11328
11329 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11330 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11331
11332 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11333 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11334 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11335 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11336 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11337 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11338 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11339 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11340 scope_breakpoint->type);
11341 }
11342 }
11343
11344 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11345 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11346 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11347 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11348
11349 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11350 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11351 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11352 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11353 else
11354 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11355
11356 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11357 b = &w->base;
11358 if (use_mask)
11359 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11360 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11361 else
11362 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11363 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11364 b->thread = thread;
11365 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11366 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11367 w->exp = exp;
11368 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11369 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11370 if (just_location)
11371 {
11372 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11373 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11374 char *name;
11375
11376 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11377 name = type_to_string (t);
11378
11379 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11380 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11381 xfree (name);
11382
11383 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11384 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11385
11386 /* The above expression is in C. */
11387 b->language = language_c;
11388 }
11389 else
11390 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11391
11392 if (use_mask)
11393 {
11394 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11395 }
11396 else
11397 {
11398 w->val = val;
11399 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11400 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11401 w->val_valid = 1;
11402 }
11403
11404 if (cond_start)
11405 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11406 else
11407 b->cond_string = 0;
11408
11409 if (frame)
11410 {
11411 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11412 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11413 }
11414 else
11415 {
11416 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11417 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11418 }
11419
11420 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11421 {
11422 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11423 need to act on them together. */
11424 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11425 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11426 }
11427
11428 if (!just_location)
11429 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11430
11431 TRY
11432 {
11433 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11434 that should be inserted. */
11435 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11436 }
11437 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11438 {
11439 delete_breakpoint (b);
11440 throw_exception (e);
11441 }
11442 END_CATCH
11443
11444 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11445 do_cleanups (back_to);
11446 }
11447
11448 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11449 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11450
11451 static int
11452 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11453 {
11454 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11455 struct value *head = v;
11456
11457 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11458 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11459 return 0;
11460
11461 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11462 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11463 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11464 hardware watchpoint.
11465
11466 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11467 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11468 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11469 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11470 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11471 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11472 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11473 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11474 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11475
11476 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11477 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11478 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11479 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11480 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11481 {
11482 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11483 {
11484 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11485 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11486 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11487 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11488 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11489 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11490 ;
11491 else
11492 {
11493 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11494 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11495 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11496
11497 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11498 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11499 middle of some value chain. */
11500 if (v == head
11501 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11502 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11503 {
11504 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11505 int len;
11506 int num_regs;
11507
11508 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11509 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11510 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11511
11512 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11513 if (!num_regs)
11514 return 0;
11515 else
11516 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11517 }
11518 }
11519 }
11520 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11521 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11522 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11523 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11524 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11525 }
11526
11527 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11528 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11529 return found_memory_cnt;
11530 }
11531
11532 void
11533 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11534 {
11535 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11536 }
11537
11538 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11539 calls watch_command_1. */
11540
11541 static void
11542 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11543 {
11544 int just_location = 0;
11545
11546 if (arg
11547 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11548 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11549 {
11550 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11551 just_location = 1;
11552 }
11553
11554 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11555 }
11556
11557 static void
11558 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11559 {
11560 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11561 }
11562
11563 void
11564 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11565 {
11566 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11567 }
11568
11569 static void
11570 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11571 {
11572 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11573 }
11574
11575 void
11576 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11577 {
11578 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11579 }
11580
11581 static void
11582 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11583 {
11584 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11585 }
11586 \f
11587
11588 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11589 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11590 breakpoints. */
11591
11592 struct until_break_fsm
11593 {
11594 /* The base class. */
11595 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11596
11597 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11598 int thread;
11599
11600 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11601 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11602
11603 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11604 NULL. */
11605 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11606 };
11607
11608 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self);
11609 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self);
11610 static enum async_reply_reason
11611 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11612
11613 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11614
11615 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11616 {
11617 NULL, /* dtor */
11618 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11619 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11620 NULL, /* return_value */
11621 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11622 };
11623
11624 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11625
11626 static struct until_break_fsm *
11627 new_until_break_fsm (int thread,
11628 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint,
11629 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint)
11630 {
11631 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11632
11633 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11634 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops);
11635
11636 sm->thread = thread;
11637 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint;
11638 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint;
11639
11640 return sm;
11641 }
11642
11643 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11644 until(location)/advance commands. */
11645
11646 static int
11647 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self)
11648 {
11649 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11650 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
11651
11652 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11653 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11654 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11655 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11656 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11657 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11658
11659 return 1;
11660 }
11661
11662 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11663 until(location)/advance commands. */
11664
11665 static void
11666 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self)
11667 {
11668 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11669
11670 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11671 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11672 {
11673 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11674 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11675 }
11676 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11677 {
11678 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11679 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11680 }
11681 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11682 }
11683
11684 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11685 until(location)/advance commands. */
11686
11687 static enum async_reply_reason
11688 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11689 {
11690 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11691 }
11692
11693 void
11694 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11695 {
11696 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11697 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11698 struct frame_info *frame;
11699 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11700 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11701 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11702 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11703 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11704 struct cleanup *old_chain, *cleanup;
11705 int thread;
11706 struct thread_info *tp;
11707 struct event_location *location;
11708 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11709
11710 clear_proceed_status (0);
11711
11712 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11713 this function. */
11714
11715 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11716 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
11717
11718 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11719 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11720 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11721 get_last_displayed_line ());
11722 else
11723 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11724 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11725
11726 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11727 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11728
11729 sal = sals.sals[0];
11730 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11731
11732 if (*arg)
11733 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11734
11735 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11736
11737 tp = inferior_thread ();
11738 thread = tp->global_num;
11739
11740 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11741
11742 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11743 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11744 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11745 that. */
11746
11747 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11748 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11749 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11750 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11751
11752 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11753 one. */
11754
11755 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11756 {
11757 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11758 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11759
11760 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11761 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11762 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11763 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11764 sal2,
11765 caller_frame_id,
11766 bp_until);
11767 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint);
11768
11769 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11770 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11771 }
11772
11773 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11774 frame = NULL;
11775
11776 if (anywhere)
11777 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11778 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11779 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11780 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11781 else
11782 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11783 only at the very same frame. */
11784 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11785 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11786 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint);
11787
11788 sm = new_until_break_fsm (tp->global_num,
11789 location_breakpoint, caller_breakpoint);
11790 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11791
11792 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11793
11794 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11795
11796 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11797 }
11798
11799 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11800 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11801
11802 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11803 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11804 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11805 if clause in the arg string. */
11806
11807 char *
11808 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11809 {
11810 char *cond_string;
11811
11812 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11813 return NULL;
11814
11815 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11816 (*arg) += 2;
11817
11818 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11819 condition string. */
11820 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11821 cond_string = *arg;
11822
11823 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11824 string. */
11825 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11826
11827 return cond_string;
11828 }
11829
11830 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11831 process start/exit, etc. */
11832
11833 typedef enum
11834 {
11835 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11836 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11837 }
11838 catch_fork_kind;
11839
11840 static void
11841 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11842 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11843 {
11844 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11845 char *cond_string = NULL;
11846 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11847 int tempflag;
11848
11849 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11850 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11851 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11852
11853 if (!arg)
11854 arg = "";
11855 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11856
11857 /* The allowed syntax is:
11858 catch [v]fork
11859 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11860
11861 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11862 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11863
11864 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11865 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11866
11867 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11868 and enable reporting of such events. */
11869 switch (fork_kind)
11870 {
11871 case catch_fork_temporary:
11872 case catch_fork_permanent:
11873 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11874 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11875 break;
11876 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11877 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11878 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11879 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11880 break;
11881 default:
11882 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11883 break;
11884 }
11885 }
11886
11887 static void
11888 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11889 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11890 {
11891 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11892 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11893 int tempflag;
11894 char *cond_string = NULL;
11895
11896 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11897
11898 if (!arg)
11899 arg = "";
11900 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11901
11902 /* The allowed syntax is:
11903 catch exec
11904 catch exec if <cond>
11905
11906 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11907 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11908
11909 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11910 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11911
11912 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11913 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11914 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11915 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11916
11917 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11918 }
11919
11920 void
11921 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11922 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11923 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11924 char *addr_string,
11925 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11926 int tempflag,
11927 int enabled,
11928 int from_tty)
11929 {
11930 if (from_tty)
11931 {
11932 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11933 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11934 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11935
11936 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11937 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11938 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11939 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11940 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11941 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11942 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11943 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11944 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11945 enough for now, though. */
11946 }
11947
11948 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11949
11950 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11951 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11952 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11953 language_def (language_ada));
11954 b->language = language_ada;
11955 }
11956
11957 static void
11958 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11959 {
11960 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11961 }
11962 \f
11963
11964 static void
11965 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11966 {
11967 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11968 }
11969
11970 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11971
11972 static int
11973 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11974 {
11975 const breakpoint_p *ba = (const breakpoint_p *) a;
11976 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11977 const breakpoint_p *bb = (const breakpoint_p *) b;
11978 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11979
11980 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11981 return -1;
11982 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11983 return 1;
11984
11985 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11986 the number 0. */
11987 if (ua < ub)
11988 return -1;
11989 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11990 }
11991
11992 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11993
11994 static void
11995 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11996 {
11997 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11998 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11999 int ix;
12000 int default_match;
12001 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12002 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12003 int i;
12004 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12005
12006 if (arg)
12007 {
12008 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12009 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12010 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12011 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12012 default_match = 0;
12013 }
12014 else
12015 {
12016 sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
12017 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12018 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12019
12020 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12021 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12022 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12023 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12024 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12025 error (_("No source file specified."));
12026
12027 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12028 sals.nelts = 1;
12029
12030 default_match = 1;
12031 }
12032
12033 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12034 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12035 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12036 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12037
12038 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12039 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12040 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12041 due to optimization, all in one block.
12042
12043 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12044 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12045 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12046 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12047 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12048 to support that. */
12049
12050 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12051 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12052 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12053 breakpoint. */
12054
12055 found = NULL;
12056 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12057 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12058 {
12059 const char *sal_fullname;
12060
12061 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12062 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12063 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12064 or at default pc.
12065
12066 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12067
12068 0 1 pc
12069 1 1 pc _and_ line
12070 0 0 line
12071 1 0 <can't happen> */
12072
12073 sal = sals.sals[i];
12074 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12075 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12076
12077 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12078 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12079 {
12080 int match = 0;
12081 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12082 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12083 {
12084 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12085 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12086 {
12087 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12088 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12089 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12090 && sal.pc
12091 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12092 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12093 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12094 || loc->section == sal.section));
12095 int line_match = 0;
12096
12097 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12098 && loc->symtab != NULL
12099 && sal_fullname != NULL
12100 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12101 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12102 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12103 sal_fullname) == 0)
12104 line_match = 1;
12105
12106 if (pc_match || line_match)
12107 {
12108 match = 1;
12109 break;
12110 }
12111 }
12112 }
12113
12114 if (match)
12115 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12116 }
12117 }
12118
12119 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12120 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12121 {
12122 if (arg)
12123 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12124 else
12125 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12126 }
12127
12128 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12129 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12130 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12131 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12132 compare_breakpoints);
12133 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12134 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12135 {
12136 if (b == prev)
12137 {
12138 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12139 --ix;
12140 }
12141 }
12142
12143 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12144 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12145 if (from_tty)
12146 {
12147 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12148 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12149 else
12150 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12151 }
12152
12153 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12154 {
12155 if (from_tty)
12156 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12157 delete_breakpoint (b);
12158 }
12159 if (from_tty)
12160 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12161
12162 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12163 }
12164 \f
12165 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12166 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12167 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12168
12169 void
12170 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12171 {
12172 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12173
12174 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12175 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12176 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12177 && bs->stop)
12178 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12179
12180 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12181 {
12182 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12183 delete_breakpoint (b);
12184 }
12185 }
12186
12187 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12188 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12189 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12190 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12191 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12192 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12193
12194 static int
12195 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12196 {
12197 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
12198 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
12199
12200 if (a->address != b->address)
12201 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12202
12203 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12204 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12205 grouped. */
12206
12207 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12208 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12209 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12210
12211 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12212 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12213 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12214
12215 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12216 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12217 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12218
12219 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12220 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12221 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12222
12223 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12224 }
12225
12226 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12227 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12228 content of the bp_location array. */
12229
12230 static void
12231 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12232 {
12233 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12234
12235 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12236 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12237
12238 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12239 {
12240 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12241
12242 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12243 continue;
12244
12245 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12246 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12247
12248 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12249 addr = bl->address - start;
12250 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12251 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12252
12253 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12254
12255 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12256 addr = end - bl->address;
12257 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12258 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12259 }
12260 }
12261
12262 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12263
12264 static void
12265 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12266 {
12267 struct breakpoint *b;
12268 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12269 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
12270
12271 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12272
12273 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12274 {
12275 struct bp_location *bl;
12276 struct tracepoint *t;
12277 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12278
12279 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12280 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12281 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12282 continue;
12283
12284 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
12285 {
12286 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12287 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
12288 else
12289 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
12290 }
12291
12292 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
12293 break;
12294
12295 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12296 {
12297 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12298 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12299 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12300 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12301 continue;
12302
12303 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12304
12305 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12306
12307 bl->inserted = 1;
12308 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12309 }
12310 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12311 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12312 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12313 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12314 }
12315
12316 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12317 }
12318
12319 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12320
12321 static void
12322 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12323 {
12324 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12325 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12326 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12327 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12328
12329 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12330 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12331 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12332 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12333 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12334
12335 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12336 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12337 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12338 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12339 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12340 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12341 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12342 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12343 }
12344
12345 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12346 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12347 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12348 the target. */
12349
12350 static void
12351 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12352 {
12353 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12354 struct bp_location *loc;
12355 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12356 int pspace_num;
12357
12358 address = bl->address;
12359 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12360
12361 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12362 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12363 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12364 side. */
12365 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12366 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12367 return;
12368
12369 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12370 the same program space as the location
12371 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12372 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12373 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12374 {
12375 loc = *loc2p;
12376
12377 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12378 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12379 continue;
12380
12381 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12382 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12383 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12384 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12385 that have already been marked. */
12386 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12387
12388 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12389 it later on. */
12390 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12391 {
12392 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12393 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12394 }
12395 }
12396 }
12397 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12398 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12399 locations are duplicate of which.
12400
12401 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12402 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12403 info. */
12404
12405 static void
12406 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12407 {
12408 struct breakpoint *b;
12409 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12410 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12411 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12412 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12413 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12414 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12415
12416 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12417 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12418 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12419 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12420 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12421 once. */
12422 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12423 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12424 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12425 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12426
12427 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12428 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12429 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12430 unsigned old_location_count;
12431
12432 old_location = bp_location;
12433 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12434 bp_location = NULL;
12435 bp_location_count = 0;
12436 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12437
12438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12439 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12440 bp_location_count++;
12441
12442 bp_location = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_location_count);
12443 locp = bp_location;
12444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12445 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12446 *locp++ = loc;
12447 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12448 bp_location_compare);
12449
12450 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12451
12452 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12453 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12454 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12455 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12456 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12457 location.
12458
12459 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12460 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12461
12462 locp = bp_location;
12463 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12464 old_locp++)
12465 {
12466 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12467 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12468
12469 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12470 not, we have to free it. */
12471 int found_object = 0;
12472 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12473 int keep_in_target = 0;
12474 int removed = 0;
12475
12476 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12477 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12478 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12479 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12480 locp++;
12481
12482 for (loc2p = locp;
12483 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12484 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12485 loc2p++)
12486 {
12487 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12488 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12489 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12490 place there. */
12491 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12492 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12493 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12494 {
12495 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12496 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12497 }
12498
12499 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12500 found_object = 1;
12501 }
12502
12503 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12504 have to go through updates again. */
12505 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12506
12507 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12508 if (!found_object)
12509 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12510
12511 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12512 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12513 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12514 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12515 at certain location is not inserted. */
12516
12517 if (old_loc->inserted)
12518 {
12519 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12520 it. */
12521
12522 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12523 {
12524 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12525 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12526 keep_in_target = 1;
12527 }
12528 else
12529 {
12530 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12531 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12532 remove its target-side condition. */
12533
12534 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12535 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12536 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12537 this one from the target. */
12538
12539 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12540 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12541 {
12542 for (loc2p = locp;
12543 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12544 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12545 loc2p++)
12546 {
12547 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12548
12549 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12550 {
12551 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12552 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12553 supported, but the latter are. */
12554 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12555 {
12556 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12557 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12558 }
12559
12560 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12561 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12562 unduplicated. */
12563 if (loc2 != old_loc
12564 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12565 {
12566 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12567 keep_in_target = 1;
12568 break;
12569 }
12570 }
12571 }
12572 }
12573 }
12574
12575 if (!keep_in_target)
12576 {
12577 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12578 {
12579 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12580 this location on the global list, and try to
12581 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12582 reason why we will succeed next time.
12583
12584 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12585 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12586 only after calling us. */
12587 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12588 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12589 old_loc->owner->number);
12590 }
12591 removed = 1;
12592 }
12593 }
12594
12595 if (!found_object)
12596 {
12597 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
12598 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
12599 {
12600 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12601 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12602 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12603 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12604 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12605 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12606 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12607 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12608 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12609 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12610 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12611 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12612 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12613 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12614 SIGTRAP.
12615
12616 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12617 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12618
12619 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12620 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12621 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12622 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12623 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12624 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12625 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12626 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12627 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12628 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12629 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12630 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12631 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12632 thread_count.
12633
12634 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12635 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12636 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12637 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12638
12639 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12640 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12641 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12642 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12643 traps we can no longer explain. */
12644
12645 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12646 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12647
12648 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12649 }
12650 else
12651 {
12652 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12653 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12654 }
12655 }
12656 }
12657
12658 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12659 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12660 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12661 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12662 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12663 are sorted first for the same address.
12664
12665 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12666 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12667
12668 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12669 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12670 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12671 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12672 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12673 {
12674 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12675 non-NULL. */
12676 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12677 b = loc->owner;
12678
12679 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12680 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12681 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12682 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12683 `struct bp_location'. */
12684 || is_tracepoint (b))
12685 {
12686 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12687 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12688 continue;
12689 }
12690
12691 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12692 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12693 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12694 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12695 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12696 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12697 else
12698 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12699
12700 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12701 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12702 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12703 {
12704 *loc_first_p = loc;
12705 loc->duplicate = 0;
12706
12707 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12708 {
12709 loc->needs_update = 1;
12710 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12711 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12712 }
12713 continue;
12714 }
12715
12716
12717 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12718 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12719 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12720 if (loc->inserted)
12721 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12722 loc->duplicate = 1;
12723
12724 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12725 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12726 }
12727
12728 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12729 {
12730 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12731 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12732 else
12733 {
12734 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12735 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12736 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12737 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12738 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12739 "needs_update". */
12740 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12741 }
12742 }
12743
12744 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12745 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12746
12747 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12748 }
12749
12750 void
12751 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12752 {
12753 struct bp_location *loc;
12754 int ix;
12755
12756 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12757 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12758 {
12759 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12760 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12761 --ix;
12762 }
12763 }
12764
12765 static void
12766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12767 {
12768
12769 TRY
12770 {
12771 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12772 }
12773 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12774 {
12775 }
12776 END_CATCH
12777 }
12778
12779 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12780
12781 static void
12782 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12783 {
12784 bpstat bs;
12785
12786 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12787 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12788 {
12789 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12790 bs->old_val = NULL;
12791 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12792 }
12793 }
12794
12795 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12796 static int
12797 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12798 {
12799 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12800
12801 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12802 return 0;
12803 }
12804
12805 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12806 callbacks. */
12807
12808 static void
12809 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12810 {
12811 struct value_print_options opts;
12812
12813 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12814
12815 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12816 single string. */
12817 if (b->loc == NULL)
12818 {
12819 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12820 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12821 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12822 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12823 {
12824 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12825 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12826 }
12827 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12828 {
12829 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12830 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12831 b->extra_string);
12832 }
12833 else
12834 {
12835 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12836 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12837 b->extra_string);
12838 }
12839 }
12840 else
12841 {
12842 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12843 {
12844 printf_filtered (" at ");
12845 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12846 gdb_stdout);
12847 }
12848 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12849 {
12850 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12851 more nicely. */
12852 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12853 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12854 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12855 b->loc->line_number);
12856 else
12857 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12858 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12859 real situation somewhat. */
12860 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12861 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12862 }
12863
12864 if (b->loc->next)
12865 {
12866 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12867 int n = 0;
12868 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12869 ++n;
12870 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12871 }
12872 }
12873 }
12874
12875 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12876
12877 static void
12878 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12879 {
12880 xfree (self->cond);
12881 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12882 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12883 xfree (self->function_name);
12884
12885 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12886 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12887 }
12888
12889 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12890 {
12891 bp_location_dtor
12892 };
12893
12894 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12895 inherit from. */
12896
12897 static void
12898 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12899 {
12900 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12901 xfree (self->cond_string);
12902 xfree (self->extra_string);
12903 xfree (self->filter);
12904 delete_event_location (self->location);
12905 delete_event_location (self->location_range_end);
12906 }
12907
12908 static struct bp_location *
12909 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12910 {
12911 struct bp_location *loc;
12912
12913 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12914 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12915 return loc;
12916 }
12917
12918 static void
12919 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12920 {
12921 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12922 }
12923
12924 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12925 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12926
12927 static int
12928 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12929 {
12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12931 }
12932
12933 static int
12934 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12935 {
12936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12937 }
12938
12939 static int
12940 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12941 struct address_space *aspace,
12942 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12943 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12944 {
12945 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12946 }
12947
12948 static void
12949 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12950 {
12951 /* Always stop. */
12952 }
12953
12954 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12955 errors. */
12956
12957 static int
12958 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12959 {
12960 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12961 }
12962
12963 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12964 errors. */
12965
12966 static int
12967 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12968 {
12969 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12970 }
12971
12972 static enum print_stop_action
12973 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12974 {
12975 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12976 }
12977
12978 static void
12979 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12980 struct ui_out *uiout)
12981 {
12982 /* nothing */
12983 }
12984
12985 static void
12986 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12987 {
12988 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12989 }
12990
12991 static void
12992 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12993 {
12994 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12995 }
12996
12997 static void
12998 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12999 (const struct event_location *location,
13000 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13001 enum bptype type_wanted)
13002 {
13003 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13004 }
13005
13006 static void
13007 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13008 struct linespec_result *c,
13009 char *cond_string,
13010 char *extra_string,
13011 enum bptype type_wanted,
13012 enum bpdisp disposition,
13013 int thread,
13014 int task, int ignore_count,
13015 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13016 int from_tty, int enabled,
13017 int internal, unsigned flags)
13018 {
13019 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13020 }
13021
13022 static void
13023 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13024 const struct event_location *location,
13025 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13026 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13027 {
13028 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13029 }
13030
13031 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13032
13033 static int
13034 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13035 {
13036 return 1;
13037 }
13038
13039 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13040
13041 static void
13042 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13043 {
13044 /* Nothing to do. */
13045 }
13046
13047 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13048 {
13049 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13050 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13051 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13052 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13053 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13054 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13055 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13056 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13057 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13058 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13059 NULL,
13060 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13061 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13062 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13063 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
13064 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13065 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
13066 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13067 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13068 };
13069
13070 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13071
13072 static void
13073 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13074 {
13075 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13076 if (event_location_empty_p (b->location))
13077 {
13078 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13079 delete_breakpoint (b);
13080 return;
13081 }
13082
13083 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13084 }
13085
13086 static int
13087 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13088 {
13089 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13090 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13091 else
13092 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13093 }
13094
13095 static int
13096 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13097 {
13098 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13099 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13100 else
13101 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13102 }
13103
13104 static int
13105 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13106 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13107 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13108 {
13109 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13110 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13111 return 0;
13112
13113 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13114 aspace, bp_addr))
13115 return 0;
13116
13117 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13118 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13119 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13120 return 0;
13121
13122 return 1;
13123 }
13124
13125 static int
13126 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13127 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13128 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13129 {
13130 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13131 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13132 {
13133 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13134 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13135 be set at the same address. */
13136 return 0;
13137 }
13138
13139 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13140 }
13141
13142 static int
13143 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13144 {
13145 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13146
13147 return 1;
13148 }
13149
13150 static enum print_stop_action
13151 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13152 {
13153 struct breakpoint *b;
13154 const struct bp_location *bl;
13155 int bp_temp;
13156 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13157
13158 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13159
13160 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13161 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13162
13163 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13164 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13165 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13166 bl->address,
13167 b->number, 1);
13168 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13169 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
13170
13171 if (bp_temp)
13172 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary breakpoint ");
13173 else
13174 ui_out_text (uiout, "Breakpoint ");
13175 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13176 {
13177 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13178 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13180 }
13181 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13182 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13183
13184 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13185 }
13186
13187 static void
13188 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13189 {
13190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13191 return;
13192
13193 switch (b->type)
13194 {
13195 case bp_breakpoint:
13196 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13197 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13198 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13199 else
13200 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13201 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13202 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13203 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13204 break;
13205 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13206 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13207 break;
13208 case bp_dprintf:
13209 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13210 break;
13211 }
13212
13213 say_where (b);
13214 }
13215
13216 static void
13217 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13218 {
13219 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13220 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13221 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13222 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13223 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13224 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13225 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13226 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13228 else
13229 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13230 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13231
13232 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13233 event_location_to_string (tp->location));
13234
13235 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13236 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13237 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
13238 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
13239
13240 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13241 }
13242
13243 static void
13244 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13245 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13246 enum bptype type_wanted)
13247 {
13248 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13249 }
13250
13251 static void
13252 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13253 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13254 char *cond_string,
13255 char *extra_string,
13256 enum bptype type_wanted,
13257 enum bpdisp disposition,
13258 int thread,
13259 int task, int ignore_count,
13260 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13261 int from_tty, int enabled,
13262 int internal, unsigned flags)
13263 {
13264 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13265 cond_string, extra_string,
13266 type_wanted,
13267 disposition, thread, task,
13268 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13269 enabled, internal, flags);
13270 }
13271
13272 static void
13273 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13274 const struct event_location *location,
13275 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13276 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13277 {
13278 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13279 }
13280
13281 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13282
13283 static void
13284 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13285 {
13286 switch (b->type)
13287 {
13288 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13289 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13290 case bp_overlay_event:
13291 case bp_longjmp_master:
13292 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13293 case bp_exception_master:
13294 delete_breakpoint (b);
13295 break;
13296
13297 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13298 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13299 case bp_shlib_event:
13300
13301 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13302 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13303 case bp_thread_event:
13304 break;
13305 }
13306 }
13307
13308 static void
13309 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13310 {
13311 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13312 {
13313 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13314 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13315 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13316 objects (among other things). */
13317 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13318 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13319 }
13320 else
13321 bs->stop = 0;
13322 }
13323
13324 static enum print_stop_action
13325 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13326 {
13327 struct breakpoint *b;
13328
13329 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13330
13331 switch (b->type)
13332 {
13333 case bp_shlib_event:
13334 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13335 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13336 to shlib event" message.) */
13337 print_solib_event (0);
13338 break;
13339
13340 case bp_thread_event:
13341 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13342 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13343 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13344 break;
13345
13346 case bp_overlay_event:
13347 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13348 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13349 break;
13350
13351 case bp_longjmp_master:
13352 /* These should never be enabled. */
13353 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13354 break;
13355
13356 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13357 /* These should never be enabled. */
13358 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13359 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13360 break;
13361
13362 case bp_exception_master:
13363 /* These should never be enabled. */
13364 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13365 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13366 break;
13367 }
13368
13369 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13370 }
13371
13372 static void
13373 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13374 {
13375 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13376 }
13377
13378 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13379
13380 static void
13381 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13382 {
13383 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13384 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13385 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13386 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13387 }
13388
13389 static void
13390 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13391 {
13392 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13393 }
13394
13395 static enum print_stop_action
13396 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13397 {
13398 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13399 }
13400
13401 static void
13402 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13403 {
13404 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13405 }
13406
13407 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13408
13409 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13410 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13411
13412 static void
13413 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13414 {
13415 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (self->thread);
13416
13417 if (tp)
13418 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13419
13420 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13421 }
13422
13423 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13424
13425 static int
13426 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13427 {
13428 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13429
13430 if (v == 0)
13431 {
13432 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13433 if needed. */
13434 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13435 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13436 bl->probe.objfile,
13437 bl->gdbarch);
13438 }
13439
13440 return v;
13441 }
13442
13443 static int
13444 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13445 {
13446 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13447 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13448 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13449 bl->probe.objfile,
13450 bl->gdbarch);
13451
13452 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13453 }
13454
13455 static void
13456 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13457 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13458 enum bptype type_wanted)
13459 {
13460 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13461
13462 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
13463 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13464 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13465 }
13466
13467 static void
13468 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13469 const struct event_location *location,
13470 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13471 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13472 {
13473 *sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
13474 if (!sals->sals)
13475 error (_("probe not found"));
13476 }
13477
13478 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13479
13480 static void
13481 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13482 {
13483 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13484 }
13485
13486 static int
13487 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13488 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13489 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13490 {
13491 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13492 tracepoints. */
13493 return 0;
13494 }
13495
13496 static void
13497 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13498 struct ui_out *uiout)
13499 {
13500 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13501 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13502 {
13503 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13504
13505 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13506 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13507 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13509 }
13510 }
13511
13512 static void
13513 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13514 {
13515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13516 return;
13517
13518 switch (b->type)
13519 {
13520 case bp_tracepoint:
13521 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13522 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13523 break;
13524 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13525 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13526 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13527 break;
13528 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13529 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13530 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13531 break;
13532 default:
13533 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13534 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13535 }
13536
13537 say_where (b);
13538 }
13539
13540 static void
13541 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13542 {
13543 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13544
13545 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13547 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13549 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13550 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13551 else
13552 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13553 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13554
13555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13556 event_location_to_string (self->location));
13557 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13558
13559 if (tp->pass_count)
13560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13561 }
13562
13563 static void
13564 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13565 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13566 enum bptype type_wanted)
13567 {
13568 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13569 }
13570
13571 static void
13572 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13573 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13574 char *cond_string,
13575 char *extra_string,
13576 enum bptype type_wanted,
13577 enum bpdisp disposition,
13578 int thread,
13579 int task, int ignore_count,
13580 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13581 int from_tty, int enabled,
13582 int internal, unsigned flags)
13583 {
13584 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13585 cond_string, extra_string,
13586 type_wanted,
13587 disposition, thread, task,
13588 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13589 enabled, internal, flags);
13590 }
13591
13592 static void
13593 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13594 const struct event_location *location,
13595 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13596 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13597 {
13598 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13599 }
13600
13601 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13602
13603 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13604 static probe. */
13605
13606 static void
13607 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13608 (const struct event_location *location,
13609 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13610 enum bptype type_wanted)
13611 {
13612 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13613 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13614 }
13615
13616 static void
13617 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13618 const struct event_location *location,
13619 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13620 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13621 {
13622 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13623 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13624 }
13625
13626 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13627
13628 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13629
13630 static void
13631 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13632 {
13633 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13634
13635 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13636 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13637
13638 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13639 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13640 3 - disconnect from target 1
13641 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13642
13643 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13644 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13645 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13646 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13647 it all the time. */
13648 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13649 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13650 }
13651
13652 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13653
13654 static void
13655 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13656 {
13657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13658 event_location_to_string (tp->location),
13659 tp->extra_string);
13660 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13661 }
13662
13663 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13664 dprintf.
13665
13666 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13667 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13668 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13669 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13670 address are all handled. */
13671
13672 static void
13673 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13674 {
13675 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13676 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13677 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13678
13679 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13680 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13681 condition not be evaluated. */
13682 bs->stop = 0;
13683
13684 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13685 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13686 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13687 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13688 commands here throws. */
13689 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13690 bs->commands = NULL;
13691 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13692
13693 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13694
13695 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13696 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13697 list. */
13698 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13699 }
13700
13701 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13702 markers (`-m'). */
13703
13704 static void
13705 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13706 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13707 enum bptype type_wanted)
13708 {
13709 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13710 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13711 char *str;
13712 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13713
13714 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location);
13715 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13716
13717 str = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13718 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
13719 canonical->location = new_linespec_location (&str);
13720 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13721
13722 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13723 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13724 }
13725
13726 static void
13727 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13728 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13729 char *cond_string,
13730 char *extra_string,
13731 enum bptype type_wanted,
13732 enum bpdisp disposition,
13733 int thread,
13734 int task, int ignore_count,
13735 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13736 int from_tty, int enabled,
13737 int internal, unsigned flags)
13738 {
13739 int i;
13740 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13741 canonical->sals, 0);
13742
13743 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13744 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13745 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13746 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13747 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13748 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13749
13750 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13751 {
13752 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13753 struct tracepoint *tp;
13754 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13755 struct event_location *location;
13756
13757 expanded.nelts = 1;
13758 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13759
13760 location = copy_event_location (canonical->location);
13761 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
13762
13763 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13764 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13765 location, NULL,
13766 cond_string, extra_string,
13767 type_wanted, disposition,
13768 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13769 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13770 canonical->special_display);
13771 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13772 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13773 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13774 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13775 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13776 corresponds to this one */
13777 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13778
13779 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13780
13781 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13782 }
13783 }
13784
13785 static void
13786 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13787 const struct event_location *location,
13788 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13789 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13790 {
13791 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13792 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location);
13793
13794 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13795 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13796 {
13797 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13798 sals->nelts = 1;
13799 }
13800 else
13801 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13802 }
13803
13804 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13805
13806 static int
13807 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13808 {
13809 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13810 }
13811
13812 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13813 structures. */
13814
13815 void
13816 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13817 {
13818 struct breakpoint *b;
13819
13820 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13821
13822 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13823 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13824 especial culprits.
13825
13826 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13827 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13828 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13829 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13830 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13831 deleted.
13832
13833 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13834 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13835 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13836 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13837 was chosen. */
13838 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13839 return;
13840
13841 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13842 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13843 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13844 {
13845 struct breakpoint *related;
13846 struct watchpoint *w;
13847
13848 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13849 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13850 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13851 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13852 else
13853 w = NULL;
13854 if (w != NULL)
13855 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13856
13857 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13858 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13859 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13860 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13861 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13862 }
13863
13864 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13865 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13866 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13867 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13868 if (bpt->number)
13869 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13870
13871 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13872 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13873
13874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13875 if (b->next == bpt)
13876 {
13877 b->next = bpt->next;
13878 break;
13879 }
13880
13881 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13882 been freed. */
13883 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13884 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13885 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13886 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13887 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13888 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13889 commands won't work. */
13890
13891 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13892
13893 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13894 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13895 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13896 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13897 might be better design to have location completely
13898 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13899 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13900
13901 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13902 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13903 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13904 bpt->type = bp_none;
13905 xfree (bpt);
13906 }
13907
13908 static void
13909 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13910 {
13911 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *) b);
13912 }
13913
13914 struct cleanup *
13915 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13916 {
13917 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13918 }
13919
13920 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13921 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13922
13923 static void
13924 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13925 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13926 void *),
13927 void *data)
13928 {
13929 struct breakpoint *related;
13930
13931 related = b;
13932 do
13933 {
13934 struct breakpoint *next;
13935
13936 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13937 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13938
13939 if (next == related)
13940 {
13941 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13942 function (related, data);
13943
13944 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13945 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13946 out. */
13947 break;
13948 }
13949 else
13950 function (related, data);
13951
13952 related = next;
13953 }
13954 while (related != b);
13955 }
13956
13957 static void
13958 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13959 {
13960 delete_breakpoint (b);
13961 }
13962
13963 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13964 delete_breakpoint. */
13965
13966 static void
13967 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13968 {
13969 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13970 }
13971
13972 void
13973 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13974 {
13975 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13976
13977 dont_repeat ();
13978
13979 if (arg == 0)
13980 {
13981 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13982
13983 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13984 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13985 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13987 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13988 {
13989 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13990 break;
13991 }
13992
13993 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13994 if (!from_tty
13995 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13996 {
13997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13998 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13999 delete_breakpoint (b);
14000 }
14001 }
14002 else
14003 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14004 }
14005
14006 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
14007 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
14008 considered. */
14009
14010 static int
14011 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
14012 {
14013 struct bp_location *loc;
14014
14015 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14016 if ((pspace == NULL
14017 || loc->pspace == pspace)
14018 && !loc->shlib_disabled
14019 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14020 return 0;
14021 return 1;
14022 }
14023
14024 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14025 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14026 Null names are ignored. */
14027
14028 static int
14029 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14030 {
14031 struct bp_location *l;
14032 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14033 (int (*) (const void *,
14034 const void *)) streq,
14035 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14036
14037 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14038 {
14039 const char **slot;
14040 const char *name = l->function_name;
14041
14042 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14043 if (name == NULL)
14044 continue;
14045
14046 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14047 INSERT);
14048 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14049 returns NULL. */
14050 if (*slot != NULL)
14051 {
14052 htab_delete (htab);
14053 return 1;
14054 }
14055 *slot = name;
14056 }
14057
14058 htab_delete (htab);
14059 return 0;
14060 }
14061
14062 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14063 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14064 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14065 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14066 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14067 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14068 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14069 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14070 The heuristic is:
14071
14072 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14073 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14074 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14075 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14076 in the sources, and output a warning.
14077
14078 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14079 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14080 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14081 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14082 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14083 warning.
14084
14085 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14086 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14087 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14088 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14089 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14090 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14091 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14092 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14093 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14094
14095 static struct symtab_and_line
14096 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14097 {
14098 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14099 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14100 CORE_ADDR pc;
14101
14102 pc = sal.pc;
14103 if (sal.line)
14104 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14105
14106 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14107 {
14108 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14109 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14110 b->number,
14111 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14112
14113 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14114 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14115 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14116
14117 return sal;
14118 }
14119
14120 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14121 by string ID. */
14122 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14123 && sal.line != 0
14124 && sal.symtab != NULL
14125 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14126 {
14127 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14128
14129 markers
14130 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14131
14132 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14133 {
14134 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14135 struct symbol *sym;
14136 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14137 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14138 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
14139
14140 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14141
14142 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14143 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14144
14145 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14146 "found at previous line number"),
14147 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14148
14149 init_sal (&sal2);
14150
14151 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14152
14153 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14154 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14155 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14156 if (sym)
14157 {
14158 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14159 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14160 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14161 }
14162 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14163 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14164 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14165
14166 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14167 {
14168 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14169
14170 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14171 }
14172
14173 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14174 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14175
14176 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14177 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14178
14179 delete_event_location (b->location);
14180 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14181 explicit_loc.source_filename
14182 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14183 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
14184 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
14185 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14186
14187 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14188 so. */
14189
14190 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14191 }
14192 }
14193 return sal;
14194 }
14195
14196 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14197 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14198
14199 static int
14200 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14201 {
14202 while (a && b)
14203 {
14204 if (a->address != b->address)
14205 return 0;
14206
14207 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14208 return 0;
14209
14210 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14211 return 0;
14212
14213 a = a->next;
14214 b = b->next;
14215 }
14216
14217 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14218 return 0;
14219
14220 return 1;
14221 }
14222
14223 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14224 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14225 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14226
14227 static struct bp_location *
14228 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
14229 {
14230 struct bp_location head;
14231 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
14232 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
14233 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
14234
14235 if (pspace == NULL)
14236 {
14237 i = b->loc;
14238 b->loc = NULL;
14239 return i;
14240 }
14241
14242 head.next = NULL;
14243
14244 while (i != NULL)
14245 {
14246 if (i->pspace == pspace)
14247 {
14248 *i_link = i->next;
14249 i->next = NULL;
14250 hoisted->next = i;
14251 hoisted = i;
14252 }
14253 else
14254 i_link = &i->next;
14255 i = *i_link;
14256 }
14257
14258 return head.next;
14259 }
14260
14261 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14262 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14263 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14264 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14265 untouched. */
14266
14267 void
14268 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14269 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
14270 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14271 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14272 {
14273 int i;
14274 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
14275
14276 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14277 {
14278 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14279 location. */
14280 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14281 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14282 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14283 "multiple locations found\n"),
14284 b->number);
14285 return;
14286 }
14287
14288 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14289 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14290 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14291 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14292 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14293 individual locations. */
14294 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.nelts == 0)
14295 return;
14296
14297 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
14298
14299 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14300 {
14301 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14302
14303 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14304
14305 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14306
14307 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14308 old symtab. */
14309 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14310 {
14311 const char *s;
14312
14313 s = b->cond_string;
14314 TRY
14315 {
14316 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14317 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14318 0);
14319 }
14320 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14321 {
14322 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14323 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14324 b->number, e.message);
14325 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14326 }
14327 END_CATCH
14328 }
14329
14330 if (sals_end.nelts)
14331 {
14332 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14333
14334 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14335 }
14336 }
14337
14338 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14339 breakpoints. */
14340 {
14341 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14342 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14343 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14344 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14345 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14346 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14347 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14348
14349 for (; e; e = e->next)
14350 {
14351 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14352 {
14353 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14354 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14355 {
14356 for (; l; l = l->next)
14357 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14358 {
14359 l->enabled = 0;
14360 break;
14361 }
14362 }
14363 else
14364 {
14365 for (; l; l = l->next)
14366 if (l->function_name
14367 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14368 {
14369 l->enabled = 0;
14370 break;
14371 }
14372 }
14373 }
14374 }
14375 }
14376
14377 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14378 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14379
14380 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14381 }
14382
14383 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14384 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14385
14386 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14387 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
14388 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
14389 {
14390 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14391 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
14392
14393 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14394
14395 TRY
14396 {
14397 b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, &sals);
14398 }
14399 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14400 {
14401 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14402
14403 exception = e;
14404
14405 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14406 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14407 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14408 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14409 state, then user already saw the message about that
14410 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14411 errors. */
14412 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14413 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14414 || (b->loc != NULL
14415 && search_pspace != NULL
14416 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
14417 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14418 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14419 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14420 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14421
14422 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14423 {
14424 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14425 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14426 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14427 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14428 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14429 which approach is better. */
14430 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14431 throw_exception (e);
14432 }
14433 }
14434 END_CATCH
14435
14436 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14437 {
14438 int i;
14439
14440 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14441 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14442 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
14443 {
14444 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14445 int thread, task;
14446
14447 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals.sals[0].pc,
14448 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14449 &extra_string);
14450 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
14451 if (cond_string)
14452 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14453 b->thread = thread;
14454 b->task = task;
14455 if (extra_string)
14456 {
14457 xfree (b->extra_string);
14458 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14459 }
14460 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14461 }
14462
14463 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14464 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14465
14466 *found = 1;
14467 }
14468 else
14469 *found = 0;
14470
14471 return sals;
14472 }
14473
14474 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14475 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14476 locations. */
14477
14478 static void
14479 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14480 {
14481 int found;
14482 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14483 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14484 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14485 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
14486
14487 sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location, filter_pspace, &found);
14488 if (found)
14489 {
14490 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14491 expanded = sals;
14492 }
14493
14494 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
14495 {
14496 sals_end = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end,
14497 filter_pspace, &found);
14498 if (found)
14499 {
14500 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14501 expanded_end = sals_end;
14502 }
14503 }
14504
14505 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
14506 }
14507
14508 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14509 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14510
14511 static void
14512 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
14513 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14514 enum bptype type_wanted)
14515 {
14516 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
14517 }
14518
14519 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14520 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14521 breakpoint_ops. */
14522
14523 static void
14524 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14525 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14526 char *cond_string,
14527 char *extra_string,
14528 enum bptype type_wanted,
14529 enum bpdisp disposition,
14530 int thread,
14531 int task, int ignore_count,
14532 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14533 int from_tty, int enabled,
14534 int internal, unsigned flags)
14535 {
14536 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14537 extra_string,
14538 type_wanted, disposition,
14539 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14540 enabled, internal, flags);
14541 }
14542
14543 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14544 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14545
14546 static void
14547 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
14548 const struct event_location *location,
14549 struct program_space *search_pspace,
14550 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14551 {
14552 struct linespec_result canonical;
14553
14554 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14555 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
14556 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14557 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14558 b->filter);
14559
14560 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14561 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14562
14563 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14564 {
14565 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14566
14567 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14568 *sals = lsal->sals;
14569 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14570 contents. */
14571 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14572 }
14573
14574 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14575 }
14576
14577 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14578
14579 static struct cleanup *
14580 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14581 {
14582 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14583 set_language (b->language);
14584
14585 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
14586 }
14587
14588 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14589 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14590 Unused in this case. */
14591
14592 static int
14593 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14594 {
14595 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14596 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14597 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14598
14599 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14600 b->ops->re_set (b);
14601 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14602 return 0;
14603 }
14604
14605 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14606 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14607
14608 void
14609 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14610 {
14611 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14612 enum language save_language;
14613 int save_input_radix;
14614 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14615
14616 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14617 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14618 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14619
14620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14621 {
14622 /* Format possible error msg. */
14623 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14624 b->number);
14625 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14626 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14627 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14628 }
14629 set_language (save_language);
14630 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14631
14632 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14633
14634 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14635
14636 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14637 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14638 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14639 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14640 }
14641 \f
14642 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14643
14644 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14645 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14646 void
14647 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14648 {
14649 if (b->thread != -1)
14650 {
14651 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14652 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14653
14654 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14655 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14656 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14657 as well. */
14658 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14659 }
14660 }
14661
14662 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14663 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14664 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14665
14666 void
14667 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14668 {
14669 struct breakpoint *b;
14670
14671 if (count < 0)
14672 count = 0;
14673
14674 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14675 if (b->number == bptnum)
14676 {
14677 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14678 {
14679 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14680 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14681 bptnum);
14682 return;
14683 }
14684
14685 b->ignore_count = count;
14686 if (from_tty)
14687 {
14688 if (count == 0)
14689 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14690 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14691 bptnum);
14692 else if (count == 1)
14693 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14694 bptnum);
14695 else
14696 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14697 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14698 count, bptnum);
14699 }
14700 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14701 return;
14702 }
14703
14704 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14705 }
14706
14707 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14708
14709 static void
14710 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14711 {
14712 char *p = args;
14713 int num;
14714
14715 if (p == 0)
14716 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14717
14718 num = get_number (&p);
14719 if (num == 0)
14720 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14721 if (*p == 0)
14722 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14723
14724 set_ignore_count (num,
14725 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14726 from_tty);
14727 if (from_tty)
14728 printf_filtered ("\n");
14729 }
14730 \f
14731 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14732 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14733
14734 static void
14735 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14736 void *),
14737 void *data)
14738 {
14739 int num;
14740 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14741 int match;
14742 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14743
14744 if (args == 0 || *args == '\0')
14745 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14746
14747 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14748
14749 while (!state.finished)
14750 {
14751 const char *p = state.string;
14752
14753 match = 0;
14754
14755 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14756 if (num == 0)
14757 {
14758 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14759 }
14760 else
14761 {
14762 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14763 if (b->number == num)
14764 {
14765 match = 1;
14766 function (b, data);
14767 break;
14768 }
14769 if (match == 0)
14770 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14771 }
14772 }
14773 }
14774
14775 static struct bp_location *
14776 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14777 {
14778 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14779 char *p1;
14780 int bp_num;
14781 int loc_num;
14782 struct breakpoint *b;
14783 struct bp_location *loc;
14784
14785 *dot = '\0';
14786
14787 p1 = number;
14788 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14789 if (bp_num == 0)
14790 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14791
14792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14793 if (b->number == bp_num)
14794 {
14795 break;
14796 }
14797
14798 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14799 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14800
14801 p1 = dot+1;
14802 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14803 if (loc_num == 0)
14804 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14805
14806 --loc_num;
14807 loc = b->loc;
14808 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14809 ;
14810 if (!loc)
14811 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14812
14813 return loc;
14814 }
14815
14816
14817 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14818 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14819 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14820
14821 void
14822 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14823 {
14824 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14825 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14826 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14827 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14828 return;
14829
14830 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14831
14832 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14833 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14834
14835 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14836 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14837 {
14838 struct bp_location *location;
14839
14840 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14841 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14842 }
14843
14844 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14845
14846 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14847 }
14848
14849 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14850
14851 static void
14852 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14853 {
14854 disable_breakpoint (b);
14855 }
14856
14857 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14858 disable_breakpoint. */
14859
14860 static void
14861 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14862 {
14863 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14864 }
14865
14866 static void
14867 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14868 {
14869 if (args == 0)
14870 {
14871 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14872
14873 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14874 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14875 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14876 }
14877 else
14878 {
14879 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14880
14881 while (num)
14882 {
14883 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14884 {
14885 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14886
14887 if (loc)
14888 {
14889 if (loc->enabled)
14890 {
14891 loc->enabled = 0;
14892 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14893 }
14894 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14895 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14896 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14897 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14898 }
14899 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14900 }
14901 else
14902 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14903 num = extract_arg (&args);
14904 }
14905 }
14906 }
14907
14908 static void
14909 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14910 int count)
14911 {
14912 int target_resources_ok;
14913
14914 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14915 {
14916 int i;
14917 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14918 target_resources_ok =
14919 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14920 i + 1, 0);
14921 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14922 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14923 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14924 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14925 }
14926
14927 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14928 {
14929 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14930 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14931
14932 TRY
14933 {
14934 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14935
14936 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14937 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14938 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14939 }
14940 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14941 {
14942 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14943 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14944 bpt->number);
14945 return;
14946 }
14947 END_CATCH
14948 }
14949
14950 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14951
14952 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14953 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14954
14955 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14956 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14957 {
14958 struct bp_location *location;
14959
14960 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14961 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14962 }
14963
14964 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14965 bpt->enable_count = count;
14966 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14967
14968 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14969 }
14970
14971
14972 void
14973 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14974 {
14975 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14976 }
14977
14978 static void
14979 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14980 {
14981 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14982 }
14983
14984 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14985 enable_breakpoint. */
14986
14987 static void
14988 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14989 {
14990 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14991 }
14992
14993 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14994 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14995 in stopping the inferior. */
14996
14997 static void
14998 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14999 {
15000 if (args == 0)
15001 {
15002 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15003
15004 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15006 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15007 }
15008 else
15009 {
15010 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15011
15012 while (num)
15013 {
15014 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15015 {
15016 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15017
15018 if (loc)
15019 {
15020 if (!loc->enabled)
15021 {
15022 loc->enabled = 1;
15023 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15024 }
15025 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15026 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15027 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15028 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15029 }
15030 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15031 }
15032 else
15033 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15034 num = extract_arg (&args);
15035 }
15036 }
15037 }
15038
15039 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15040 breakpoints. */
15041
15042 struct disp_data
15043 {
15044 enum bpdisp disp;
15045 int count;
15046 };
15047
15048 static void
15049 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15050 {
15051 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15052
15053 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15054 }
15055
15056 static void
15057 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15058 {
15059 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15060
15061 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15062 }
15063
15064 static void
15065 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15066 {
15067 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15068 }
15069
15070 static void
15071 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15072 {
15073 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15074
15075 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15076 }
15077
15078 static void
15079 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15080 {
15081 int count;
15082
15083 if (args == NULL)
15084 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15085
15086 count = get_number (&args);
15087
15088 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15089 }
15090
15091 static void
15092 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15093 {
15094 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15095
15096 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15097 }
15098
15099 static void
15100 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15101 {
15102 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15103 }
15104 \f
15105 static void
15106 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15107 {
15108 }
15109
15110 static void
15111 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15112 {
15113 }
15114
15115 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15116 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15117 GDB itself. */
15118
15119 static void
15120 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15121 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15122 const bfd_byte *data)
15123 {
15124 struct breakpoint *bp;
15125
15126 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15127 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15128 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15129 {
15130 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15131
15132 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15133 {
15134 struct bp_location *loc;
15135
15136 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15137 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15138 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15139 && addr + len > loc->address)
15140 {
15141 value_free (wp->val);
15142 wp->val = NULL;
15143 wp->val_valid = 0;
15144 }
15145 }
15146 }
15147 }
15148
15149 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15150
15151 void
15152 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15153 struct address_space *aspace,
15154 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15155 {
15156 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15157 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15158 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15159
15160 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15161 {
15162 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15163 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
15164 }
15165
15166 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15167 sal.pc = pc;
15168 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15169 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15170 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15171
15172 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15173 }
15174
15175 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15176
15177 int
15178 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15179 struct address_space *aspace,
15180 CORE_ADDR pc)
15181 {
15182 struct bp_location *loc;
15183
15184 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15185 if (loc->inserted
15186 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15187 return 1;
15188
15189 return 0;
15190 }
15191
15192 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15193 PC. */
15194
15195 int
15196 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15197 CORE_ADDR pc)
15198 {
15199 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15200
15201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15202 {
15203 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15204 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15205 return 1;
15206 }
15207 return 0;
15208 }
15209
15210 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15211
15212 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15213 static void
15214 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15215 {
15216 tracepoint_count = num;
15217 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15218 }
15219
15220 static void
15221 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15222 {
15223 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15224 struct event_location *location;
15225 struct cleanup *back_to;
15226
15227 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15228 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15229 if (location != NULL
15230 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
15231 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15232 else
15233 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15234
15235 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15236 location,
15237 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15238 0 /* tempflag */,
15239 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15240 0 /* Ignore count */,
15241 pending_break_support,
15242 ops,
15243 from_tty,
15244 1 /* enabled */,
15245 0 /* internal */, 0);
15246 do_cleanups (back_to);
15247 }
15248
15249 static void
15250 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15251 {
15252 struct event_location *location;
15253 struct cleanup *back_to;
15254
15255 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15256 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15257 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15258 location,
15259 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15260 0 /* tempflag */,
15261 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15262 0 /* Ignore count */,
15263 pending_break_support,
15264 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15265 from_tty,
15266 1 /* enabled */,
15267 0 /* internal */, 0);
15268 do_cleanups (back_to);
15269 }
15270
15271 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15272
15273 static void
15274 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15275 {
15276 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15277 struct event_location *location;
15278 struct cleanup *back_to;
15279
15280 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15281 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15282 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
15283 {
15284 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15285 location = new_linespec_location (&arg);
15286 }
15287 else
15288 {
15289 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15290 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15291 }
15292
15293 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15294 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15295 location,
15296 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15297 0 /* tempflag */,
15298 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15299 0 /* Ignore count */,
15300 pending_break_support,
15301 ops,
15302 from_tty,
15303 1 /* enabled */,
15304 0 /* internal */, 0);
15305 do_cleanups (back_to);
15306 }
15307
15308 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15309 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15310
15311 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15312 static int next_cmd;
15313
15314 static char *
15315 read_uploaded_action (void)
15316 {
15317 char *rslt;
15318
15319 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15320
15321 next_cmd++;
15322
15323 return rslt;
15324 }
15325
15326 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15327 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15328 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15329 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15330 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15331
15332 struct tracepoint *
15333 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15334 {
15335 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15336 struct tracepoint *tp;
15337 struct event_location *location;
15338 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15339
15340 if (utp->at_string)
15341 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15342 else
15343 {
15344 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15345 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15346 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15347 user. */
15348 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15349 "source location, using raw address"),
15350 utp->number);
15351 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15352 addr_str = small_buf;
15353 }
15354
15355 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15356 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15357 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15358 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15359 utp->number);
15360
15361 location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str, current_language);
15362 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15363 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15364 location,
15365 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
15366 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15367 0 /* tempflag */,
15368 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15369 0 /* Ignore count */,
15370 pending_break_support,
15371 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15372 0 /* from_tty */,
15373 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15374 0 /* internal */,
15375 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15376 {
15377 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15378 return NULL;
15379 }
15380
15381 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15382
15383 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15384 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15385 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15386
15387 if (utp->pass > 0)
15388 {
15389 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15390 tp->base.number);
15391
15392 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15393 }
15394
15395 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15396 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15397 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15398 function. */
15399 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15400 {
15401 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15402
15403 this_utp = utp;
15404 next_cmd = 0;
15405
15406 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15407
15408 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15409 }
15410 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15411 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15412 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15413 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15414 utp->number);
15415
15416 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15417 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15418 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15419
15420 return tp;
15421 }
15422
15423 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15424 omitted. */
15425
15426 static void
15427 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15428 {
15429 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15430 int num_printed;
15431
15432 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15433
15434 if (num_printed == 0)
15435 {
15436 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15437 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15438 else
15439 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15440 }
15441
15442 default_collect_info ();
15443 }
15444
15445 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15446 Not supported by all targets. */
15447 static void
15448 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15449 {
15450 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15451 }
15452
15453 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15454 Not supported by all targets. */
15455 static void
15456 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15457 {
15458 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15459 }
15460
15461 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15462 static void
15463 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15464 {
15465 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15466
15467 dont_repeat ();
15468
15469 if (arg == 0)
15470 {
15471 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15472
15473 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15474 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15475 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15476 argument. */
15477 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15478 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15479 {
15480 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15481 break;
15482 }
15483
15484 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15485 if (!from_tty
15486 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15487 {
15488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15489 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15490 delete_breakpoint (b);
15491 }
15492 }
15493 else
15494 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15495 }
15496
15497 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15498
15499 static void
15500 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15501 {
15502 tp->pass_count = count;
15503 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15504 if (from_tty)
15505 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15506 tp->base.number, count);
15507 }
15508
15509 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15510
15511 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15512 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15513 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15514
15515 static void
15516 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15517 {
15518 struct tracepoint *t1;
15519 unsigned int count;
15520
15521 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15522 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15523 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15524
15525 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15526
15527 args = skip_spaces (args);
15528 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15529 {
15530 struct breakpoint *b;
15531
15532 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15533 if (*args)
15534 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15535
15536 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15537 {
15538 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15539 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15540 }
15541 }
15542 else if (*args == '\0')
15543 {
15544 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15545 if (t1)
15546 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15547 }
15548 else
15549 {
15550 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15551
15552 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15553 while (!state.finished)
15554 {
15555 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15556 if (t1)
15557 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15558 }
15559 }
15560 }
15561
15562 struct tracepoint *
15563 get_tracepoint (int num)
15564 {
15565 struct breakpoint *t;
15566
15567 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15568 if (t->number == num)
15569 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15570
15571 return NULL;
15572 }
15573
15574 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15575 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15576 reconnecting). */
15577
15578 struct tracepoint *
15579 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15580 {
15581 struct breakpoint *b;
15582
15583 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15584 {
15585 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15586
15587 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15588 return t;
15589 }
15590
15591 return NULL;
15592 }
15593
15594 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15595 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15596 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15597 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15598
15599 struct tracepoint *
15600 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15601 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15602 {
15603 struct breakpoint *t;
15604 int tpnum;
15605 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15606
15607 if (state)
15608 {
15609 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15610 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15611 }
15612 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15613 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15614 else
15615 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15616
15617 if (tpnum <= 0)
15618 {
15619 if (instring && *instring)
15620 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15621 instring);
15622 else
15623 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15624 return NULL;
15625 }
15626
15627 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15628 if (t->number == tpnum)
15629 {
15630 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15631 }
15632
15633 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15634 return NULL;
15635 }
15636
15637 void
15638 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15639 {
15640 if (b->thread != -1)
15641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15642
15643 if (b->task != 0)
15644 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15645
15646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15647 }
15648
15649 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15650 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15651 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15652 non-zero. */
15653
15654 static void
15655 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15656 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15657 {
15658 struct breakpoint *tp;
15659 int any = 0;
15660 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15661 struct ui_file *fp;
15662 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15663
15664 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15665 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15666
15667 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15669 {
15670 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15671 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15672 continue;
15673
15674 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15675 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15676 continue;
15677
15678 any = 1;
15679
15680 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15681 {
15682 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15683
15684 /* We can stop searching. */
15685 break;
15686 }
15687 }
15688
15689 if (!any)
15690 {
15691 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15692 return;
15693 }
15694
15695 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15696 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15697 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15698 if (!fp)
15699 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15700 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15701 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15702
15703 if (extra_trace_bits)
15704 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15705
15706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15707 {
15708 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15709 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15710 continue;
15711
15712 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15713 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15714 continue;
15715
15716 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15717
15718 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15719 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15720 instead. */
15721
15722 if (tp->cond_string)
15723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15724
15725 if (tp->ignore_count)
15726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15727
15728 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15729 {
15730 struct gdb_exception exception;
15731
15732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15733
15734 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15735 TRY
15736 {
15737 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15738 }
15739 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15740 {
15741 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15742 throw_exception (ex);
15743 }
15744 END_CATCH
15745
15746 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15748 }
15749
15750 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15752
15753 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15754 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15755 special, and not user visible. */
15756 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15757 {
15758 struct bp_location *loc;
15759 int n = 1;
15760
15761 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15762 if (!loc->enabled)
15763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15764 }
15765 }
15766
15767 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15769
15770 if (from_tty)
15771 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15772 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15773 }
15774
15775 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15776
15777 static void
15778 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15779 {
15780 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15781 }
15782
15783 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15784
15785 static void
15786 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15787 {
15788 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15789 }
15790
15791 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15792
15793 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15794 all_tracepoints (void)
15795 {
15796 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15797 struct breakpoint *tp;
15798
15799 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15800 {
15801 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15802 }
15803
15804 return tp_vec;
15805 }
15806
15807 \f
15808 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15809 locations used by several commands. */
15810
15811 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15812 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15813 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15814 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15815 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15816 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15817 \n\
15818 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15819 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15820 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15821 \n\
15822 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15823 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15824 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15825 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15826 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15827
15828 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15829 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15830 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15831 command. */
15832
15833 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15834 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15835 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15836 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15837 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15838 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15839 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15840 below.\n\
15841 \n\
15842 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15843 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15844 \n\
15845 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15846 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15847 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15848 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15849 conditions are different.\n\
15850 \n\
15851 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15852
15853 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15854 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15855
15856 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15857 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15858
15859 void
15860 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15861 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15862 completer_ftype *completer,
15863 void *user_data_catch,
15864 void *user_data_tcatch)
15865 {
15866 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15867
15868 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15869 &catch_cmdlist);
15870 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15871 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15872 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15873
15874 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15875 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15876 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15877 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15878 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15879 }
15880
15881 static void
15882 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15883 {
15884 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15885 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15886 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15887 }
15888
15889 struct breakpoint *
15890 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15891 void *data)
15892 {
15893 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15894
15895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15896 {
15897 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15898 return b;
15899 }
15900
15901 return NULL;
15902 }
15903
15904 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15905 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15906
15907 static int
15908 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15909 {
15910 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15911 non-inline function. */
15912 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15913 return 1;
15914
15915 return 0;
15916 }
15917
15918 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15919 have been inlined. */
15920
15921 int
15922 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15923 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15924 {
15925 struct breakpoint *b;
15926 struct bp_location *bl;
15927
15928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15929 {
15930 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15931 continue;
15932
15933 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15934 {
15935 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15936 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15937 return 1;
15938 }
15939 }
15940
15941 return 0;
15942 }
15943
15944 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15945
15946 void
15947 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15948 {
15949 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15950
15951 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15952 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15953 loc->symtab = NULL;
15954 }
15955
15956 void
15957 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15958 {
15959 static int initialized = 0;
15960
15961 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15962
15963 if (initialized)
15964 return;
15965 initialized = 1;
15966
15967 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15968 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15969 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15970 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15971 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15972 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15973 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15974 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15975 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15976 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15977 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15978 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15979
15980 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15981 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15982 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15983 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15984 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15985 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15986 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15987 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15988
15989 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15990 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15991 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15992 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15993 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15994 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15995 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15996 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15997 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15998 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15999
16000 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16001 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16002 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16003 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16004 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16005 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16006 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16007
16008 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16009 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16010 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16011 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16012 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16013 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16014 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16015
16016 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16017 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16018 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16019 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16020
16021 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16022 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16023 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16024 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16025 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16026 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16027 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
16028
16029 /* Watchpoints. */
16030 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16031 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16032 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16033 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16034 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16035 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16036 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16037 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16038 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16039 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16040 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16041 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16042 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16043 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16044
16045 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16046 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16047 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16048 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16049 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16050 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16051 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16052 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16053 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16054 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16055 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16056
16057 /* Tracepoints. */
16058 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16059 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16060 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16061 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16062 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16063 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16064 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16065 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
16066 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16067 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
16068
16069 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16070 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16071 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16072 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16073 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
16074
16075 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16076 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16077 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16078 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
16079 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16080 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
16081
16082 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16083 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16084 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16085 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16086 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16087 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16088 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16089 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16090 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16091 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16092
16093 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16094 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16095 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16096 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16097 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16098 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16099 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16100 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16101 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16102 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16103
16104 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16105 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16106 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16107 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16108 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16109 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16110 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16111 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16112 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16113 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16114 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16115
16116 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16117 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16118 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16119 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16120 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16121 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16122 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16123 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16124 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16125 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16126 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16127 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16128
16129 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16130 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16131 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16132 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16133 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16134 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16135 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16136 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16137 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16138 }
16139
16140 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16141
16142 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16143
16144 void
16145 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16146 {
16147 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16148
16149 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16150
16151 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16152 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16153 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16154
16155 breakpoint_objfile_key
16156 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16157
16158 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16159 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16160 before a breakpoint is set. */
16161 breakpoint_count = 0;
16162
16163 tracepoint_count = 0;
16164
16165 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16166 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16167 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16168
16169 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16170 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16171 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16172 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16173 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16174 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16175 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16176 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16177
16178 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16179 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16180 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16181 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16182 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16183
16184 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16185 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16186 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16187 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16188 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16189 \n"
16190 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16191 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16192
16193 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16194 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16195 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16196 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16197 \n"
16198 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16199 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16200
16201 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16202 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16203 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16204 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16205 \n"
16206 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16207 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16208
16209 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16210 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16211 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16212 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16213 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16214 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16215 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16216
16217 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16218
16219 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16220 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16221 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16222 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16223 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16224 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16225
16226 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16227 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16228 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16229 &enablebreaklist);
16230
16231 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16232 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16233 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16234 &enablebreaklist);
16235
16236 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16237 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16238 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16239 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16240 &enablebreaklist);
16241
16242 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16243 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16244 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16245 &enablelist);
16246
16247 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16248 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16249 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16250 &enablelist);
16251
16252 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16253 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16254 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16255 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16256 &enablelist);
16257
16258 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16259 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16260 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16261 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16262 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16263 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16264 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16265 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16266
16267 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16268 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16269 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16270 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16271 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16272 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16273 &disablelist);
16274
16275 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16276 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16277 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16278 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16279 \n\
16280 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16281 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16282 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16283 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16284 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16285
16286 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16287 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16288 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16289 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16290 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16291 &deletelist);
16292
16293 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16294 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16295 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16296 \n\
16297 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16298 is executing in.\n"
16299 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16300 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16301 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16302
16303 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16304 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16305 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16306 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16307
16308 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16309 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16310 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16311 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16312
16313 if (dbx_commands)
16314 {
16315 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16316 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16317 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16318 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16319 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16320 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16321 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16322 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16323 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16324 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16325 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16326 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16327 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16328 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16329 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16330 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16331 \n\
16332 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16333 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16334 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16335 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16336 breakpoint set."));
16337 }
16338
16339 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16340 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16341 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16342 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16343 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16344 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16345 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16346 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16347 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16348 \n\
16349 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16350 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16351 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16352 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16353 breakpoint set."));
16354
16355 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16356
16357 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16358 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16359 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16360 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16361 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16362 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16363 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16364 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16365 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16366 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16367 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16368 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16369 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16370 \n\
16371 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16372 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16373 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16374 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16375 breakpoint set."),
16376 &maintenanceinfolist);
16377
16378 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16379 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16380 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16381 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16382
16383 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16384 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16385 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16386 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16387
16388 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16389 catch_fork_command_1,
16390 NULL,
16391 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16392 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16393 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16394 catch_fork_command_1,
16395 NULL,
16396 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16397 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16398 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16399 catch_exec_command_1,
16400 NULL,
16401 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16402 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16403 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16404 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16405 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16406 catch_load_command_1,
16407 NULL,
16408 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16409 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16410 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16411 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16412 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16413 catch_unload_command_1,
16414 NULL,
16415 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16416 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16417
16418 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16419 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16420 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16421 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16422 an expression changes.\n\
16423 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16424 the memory to which it refers."));
16425 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16426
16427 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16428 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16429 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16430 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16431 an expression is read.\n\
16432 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16433 the memory to which it refers."));
16434 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16435
16436 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16437 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16438 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16439 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16440 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16441 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16442 the memory to which it refers."));
16443 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16444
16445 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16446 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16447
16448 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16449 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16450 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16451 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16452 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16453 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16454 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16455 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16456 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16457 hardware.)"),
16458 NULL,
16459 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16460 &setlist, &showlist);
16461
16462 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16463
16464 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16465
16466 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16467 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16468 \n"
16469 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16470 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16471 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16472
16473 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16474 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16475 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16476 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16477
16478 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16479 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16480 \n"
16481 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16482 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16483 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16484
16485 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16486 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16487 \n\
16488 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16489 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16490 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16491 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16492 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16493 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16494 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16495 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16496 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16497 \n\
16498 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16499 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16500 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16501 conditions are different.\n\
16502 \n\
16503 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16504 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16505 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16506
16507 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16508 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16509 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16510 last tracepoint set."));
16511
16512 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16513
16514 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16515 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16516 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16517 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16518 &deletelist);
16519 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16520
16521 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16522 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16523 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16524 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16525 &disablelist);
16526 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16527
16528 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16529 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16530 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16531 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16532 &enablelist);
16533 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16534
16535 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16536 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16537 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16538 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16539 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16540
16541 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16542 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16543 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16544 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16545
16546 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16547 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16548 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16549 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16550 session to restore them."),
16551 &save_cmdlist);
16552 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16553
16554 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16555 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16556 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16557 &save_cmdlist);
16558 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16559
16560 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16561 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16562
16563 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16564 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16565 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16566 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16567 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16568 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16569 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16570 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16571 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16572 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16573 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16574 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16575
16576 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16577 &pending_break_support, _("\
16578 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16579 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16580 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16581 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16582 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16583 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16584 NULL,
16585 show_pending_break_support,
16586 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16587 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16588
16589 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16590
16591 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16592 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16593 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16594 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16595 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16596 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16597 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16598 NULL,
16599 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16600 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16601 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16602
16603 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16604 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16605 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16606 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16607 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16608 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16609 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16610 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16611 when execution stops."),
16612 NULL,
16613 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16614 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16615 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16616
16617 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16618 condition_evaluation_enums,
16619 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16620 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16621 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16622 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16623 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16624 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16625 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16626 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16627 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16628 be set to \"gdb\""),
16629 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16630 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16631 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16632 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16633
16634 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16635 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16636 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16637 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16638 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16639 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16640 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16641 or the start of the range\n\
16642 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16643 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16644 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16645 \n\
16646 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16647 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16648 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16649
16650 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16651 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16652 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16653 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16654 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16655 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16656
16657 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16658 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16659 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16660 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16661 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16662 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16663 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16664 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16665 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16666 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16667 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16668 &setlist, &showlist);
16669
16670 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16671 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16672 &dprintf_function, _("\
16673 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16674 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16675 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16676 &setlist, &showlist);
16677
16678 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16679 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16680 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16681 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16682 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16683 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16684 &setlist, &showlist);
16685
16686 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16687 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16688 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16689 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16690 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16691 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16692 NULL,
16693 NULL,
16694 &setlist, &showlist);
16695
16696 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16697 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16698 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16699
16700 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16701
16702 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16703 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16704 }